<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?><rss version="2.0"
	xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"
	xmlns:wfw="http://wellformedweb.org/CommentAPI/"
	xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
	xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom"
	xmlns:sy="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/syndication/"
	xmlns:slash="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/slash/"
	xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" >

<channel>
	<title>DVRCMS.Com</title>
	<atom:link href="https://www.dvrcms.com/tag/pharos-series/feed/" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" />
	<link>https://www.dvrcms.com</link>
	<description>Survelliance CMS and VMS Support</description>
	<lastBuildDate>Tue, 28 Nov 2023 12:00:11 +0000</lastBuildDate>
	<language>en-US</language>
	<sy:updatePeriod>
	hourly	</sy:updatePeriod>
	<sy:updateFrequency>
	1	</sy:updateFrequency>
	<generator>https://wordpress.org/?v=6.9.4</generator>
	<itunes:subtitle>DVRCMS.Com</itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary>Survelliance CMS and VMS Support</itunes:summary>
	<itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
	<item>
		<title>How to Configure Pharos Device</title>
		<link>https://www.dvrcms.com/how-to-configure-pharos-device/</link>
					<comments>https://www.dvrcms.com/how-to-configure-pharos-device/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[admin]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 28 Nov 2023 12:00:11 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[PC Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[administrator]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[client]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Computer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[devices]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Google Chrome]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instructions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Pharos Series]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[set up]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setup]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Step by Step]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Support]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[System Requirements]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[TP-Link]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[web browser]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows 10]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows 8]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.dvrcms.com/?p=10098</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[How to Configure Pharos Device, TP-Link’s free Pharos Control Software allows users to easily manage unlimited Pharos products for complete, ... <p class="read-more-container"><a title="How to Configure Pharos Device" class="read-more button" href="https://www.dvrcms.com/how-to-configure-pharos-device/#more-10098" aria-label="Read more about How to Configure Pharos Device">Read More</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="a">
<div class="w1200">
<div class="desc">
<div class="info">
<p>How to Configure Pharos Device, TP-Link’s free Pharos Control Software allows users to easily manage unlimited Pharos products for complete, unhindered network scalability. Batch management helps simultaneously configure and manage multiple devices, giving administrators an efficient, cost-effective and centralized management platform for an optimized network.</p>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="b">
<div class="w1200">
<div class="desc"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">  </span><strong style="font-size: inherit;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Definition</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">:</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;"> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">In AP mode, the device acts as a central hub and provides wireless access point for wireless clients.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Take CPE as an example.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Access web management page of CPE</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Please follow </span><a href="https://www.tp-link.com/us/support/faq/730/faq-710.html" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #0000ff; font-size: 10pt;">this link</span></a><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"> to access the web interface of CPE.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Note:CPE210 is a 2.4GHz device which can only broadcast 2.4GHz wireless network;CPE510 is a 5GHz device which can only broadcast 5GHz wireless network.Here we take CPE510 as example in this article.</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Run Quick Setup</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Step 1:</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Go to </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Quick Setup-</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">&gt; Choose “</span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Access Point</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">” </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">&#8211;</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">&gt; Click </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Next</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><img fetchpriority="high" decoding="async" width="553" height="382" class="wp-image-10099 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-108.jpeg" alt="How,to,Configure,the,Access,Point,Mode,on,the,CPE510image002" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 49" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-108.jpeg 553w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-108-300x207.jpeg 300w" sizes="(max-width: 553px) 100vw, 553px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Step 2:</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">The default IP Address of CPE is 192.168.0.254,we can change it to other IP addresses to fit in the main router’s network.</span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">For example</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">,if the main modem/router’s IP Address is 192.168.1.1,we can set up the CPE510 as 192.168.1.* (*=2~254)</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">，</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Subnet Mask 255.255.255.0 .</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">It is also fine to leave it as the default value if you are not sure about the main router’s IP address,then click </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Next</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><img decoding="async" width="547" height="163" class="wp-image-10100 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-109-1.jpeg" alt="How,to,Configure,the,Access,Point,Mode,on,the,CPE510image004" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 50" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-109-1.jpeg 547w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-109-1-300x89.jpeg 300w" sizes="(max-width: 547px) 100vw, 547px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Step 3:</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Customize your </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">wireless name (SSID)</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"> and </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">password</span></strong></p>
<table style="margin-left: 5.4pt;">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="width: 14.839506172839506cm;">
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">SSID: (Rename Your Wireless Name)</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Security: WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">PSK Password: (Create a Private Password)</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;"><img decoding="async" width="540" height="321" class="wp-image-10101 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-110-1.jpeg" alt="How,to,Configure,the,Access,Point,Mode,on,the,CPE510image006" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 51" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-110-1.jpeg 540w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-110-1-300x178.jpeg 300w" sizes="(max-width: 540px) 100vw, 540px" /></span></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Step 4:</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Click: </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Finish</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">, and wait for the settings to take effect, it takes about 1 minute.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="531" height="359" class="wp-image-10102 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-111-1.jpeg" alt="How,to,Configure,the,Access,Point,Mode,on,the,CPE510image008" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 52" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-111-1.jpeg 531w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-111-1-300x203.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 531px) 100vw, 531px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="531" height="400" class="wp-image-10103 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-112.jpeg" alt="How,to,Configure,the,Access,Point,Mode,on,the,CPE510image010" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 53" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-112.jpeg 531w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-112-300x226.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 531px) 100vw, 531px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Relocate the CPE</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">You may now unplug the computer from the LAN port of the PoE adapter,and connect the wired network(internet modem/router) into the LAN port.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Final Computer Setup Reversion(For Windows OS)</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">We need change the IP settings back on the computer after the configuration.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Please find </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Local Area Connection</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">/</span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Ethernet</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"> on the computer, if you cannot remember the procedure, please refer to the FAQ again.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><a href="https://www.tp-link.com/us/support/faq/730/faq-710.html" target="_blank" rel="dofollow noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #0000ff; font-size: 10pt;">How to login to the Pharos’ web management page?</span></a></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h2>How to Configure Pharos Device</h2>
<p>Read More : <a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/tp-link-pharos-series-installation-guide/">TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide</a></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Go to </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Properties</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;"> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">→</span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Internet Protocol Version 4(TCP/IP)</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">→ Select “</span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Obtainan IP address automatically</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">” and “</span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Obtain DNS server address automatically</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">”</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Click </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">OK</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"> to exit</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Click </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">OK</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"> again to apply the settings.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="351" height="390" class="wp-image-10104 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-113.jpeg" alt="How,to,Configure,the,Access,Point,Mode,on,the,CPE510image012" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 54" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-113.jpeg 351w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-113-270x300.jpeg 270w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 351px) 100vw, 351px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Final Computer Setup Reversion (For Mac OS X)</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Go to the </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Apple-</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">&gt;</span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">System Preferences-</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">&gt;</span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Network-</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">&gt; Highlight </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Ethernet &#8211;</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">&gt;Configure IPv4: </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Using DHCP</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Click </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;">Apply.</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="571" height="261" class="wp-image-10105 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-114.jpeg" alt="How,to,Configure,the,Access,Point,Mode,on,the,CPE510image014" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 55" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-114.jpeg 571w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-114-300x137.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 571px) 100vw, 571px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Get to know more details of each function and configuration please go to</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"> </span><a href="https://www.tp-link.com/us/support/faq/730/download-center.html" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #0000ff; font-size: 10pt;">Download Center</span></a><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;"> to download the manual of your product.</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">This guide introduces how to build a wireless network using the CPE/WBS products:</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">1. Check the System Requirements</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">2. Log In to the Device</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">3. Set Up the Wireless Network</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">The following parts detailedly introduces these steps.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 30pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.03;"><strong><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 24pt;">1</span><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 18pt;">Check the System Requirements</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Operating System:</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 4.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Microsoft Windows XP, Windows Vista, Windows 7, Windows 8, Windows 10, Linux, or Mac OS X.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Web Browser</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 4.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Google Chrome, Safari, Firefox, and Apple Safari. IE browsers are not recommended.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 30pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.03;"><strong><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 24pt;">2</span><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 18pt;">Log In to the Device</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Before configuring the device, you need to access the PharOS configuration interface. Follow the steps below:</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">1)Connect your PC to the device.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">2)Set the IP address of your PC as static IP address on 192.168.0.X subnet (X ranges from 2 to 253, e.g.192.168.0.10)</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 2-1Specifying the IP Address</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="544" height="526" class="wp-image-10106 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-26.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/win7%E6%9B%B4%E6%94%B9IP%E5%9C%B0%E5%9D%80%E6%88%AA%E5%9B%BE.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 56" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-26.png 544w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-26-300x290.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 544px) 100vw, 544px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">3)Launch a web browser on and enter </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">the management IP address of the device (192.168.0.254 by default)</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> in the address bar to load the login page of the PharOS configuration interface.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 2-2Entering the Management IP Address</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">4)Use </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">admin</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> for both of </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">User Name</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> and </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Password</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">. Select the appropriate language from the Language drop-down list. </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Read and agree the terms of use, then click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Login</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 2-3Loging In</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="703" height="379" class="wp-image-10107 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-27.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/%E7%99%BB%E9%99%86%E9%A1%B5%E9%9D%A2.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 57" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-27.png 703w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-27-300x162.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 703px) 100vw, 703px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">5)Create a new username and password for network security. Click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Finish</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> to log in to the PharOS.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 2-4Creating a New Account</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="703" height="261" class="wp-image-10108 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-28.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/%E9%A6%96%E6%AC%A1%E7%99%BB%E9%99%86%E4%BF%AE%E6%94%B9%E7%94%A8%E6%88%B7%E5%90%8D%E5%AF%86%E7%A0%81.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 58" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-28.png 703w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-28-300x111.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 703px) 100vw, 703px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 30pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.03;"><strong><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 24pt;">3</span><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 18pt;">Set Up the Wireless Network</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">You can use the Quick Setup wizard to quickly configure your device step by step. Choose the suitable operation mode according to your network environment and follow the step-by-step instructions.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 30pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 21pt;">3.1</span><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 16.5pt;">Access Point</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Follow the steps below to configure the device as Access Point mode:</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">1)Go to the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">QUICK SETUP</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> page, select </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Access Point</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> and click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-1Selecting an Operation Mode</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="662" class="wp-image-10109 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-29-1.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_access_point1.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 59" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-29-1.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-29-1-300x218.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-29-1-768x559.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">2)In the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">LAN Settings</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> section, specify the LAN IP address and the Subnet Mask for the device. Then, click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-2Specifying the LAN Settings</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="909" height="568" class="wp-image-10110 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-30.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_access_point2.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 60" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-30.png 909w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-30-300x187.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-30-768x480.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 909px) 100vw, 909px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">3)In the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Wireless AP Settings</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> section, specify the basic wireless parameters to create a wireless network. Click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 4.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 4.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 12pt;">Note:</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">It is recommended to specify </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Security</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"> as </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"> for the network security. You can keep the default settings or specify the parameters according to your need. For details, refer to </span><a href="https://www.tp-link.com/en/configuration-guides/configuring_the_wireless_parameters_cpe_and_wbs_/?configurationId=18611" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 10.5pt;"><em>Configure the Wireless Parameters</em></span></a><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">.</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-3Specifying the Wireless AP Settings</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="588" class="wp-image-10111 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-31-1.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_access_point3.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 61" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-31-1.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-31-1-300x194.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-31-1-768x496.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">4)In the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Finish</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> section, review the configurations and click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Finish</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> to complete the quick setup.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-4Checking the Settings</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="598" class="wp-image-10112 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-32.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_access_point4.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 62" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-32.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-32-300x197.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-32-768x505.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">5)Connect the device according to your network topology and use it normally.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 30pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 21pt;">3.2</span><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 16.5pt;">Client</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Follow the steps below to configure the device as Client mode:</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">1)Go to the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">QUICK SETUP</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> page, select </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Client</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> and click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-5Selecting an Operation Mode</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="669" class="wp-image-10113 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-33.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_client1.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 63" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-33.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-33-300x221.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-33-768x565.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">2)In the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">LAN Settings</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> section, specify the LAN IP Address and the Subnet Mask for the device. Then, click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-6Specifying the LAN Settings</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="589" class="wp-image-10114 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-34-1.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_access_point21.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 64" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-34-1.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-34-1-300x194.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-34-1-768x497.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">3)In the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Wireless Client Settings</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> section, click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Survey</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> to search for the upstream wireless network.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-7Searching for Upstream Wireless Networks</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="909" height="601" class="wp-image-10115 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-35-2.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_client2.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 65" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-35-2.png 909w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-35-2-300x198.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-35-2-768x508.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 909px) 100vw, 909px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">4)Select the desired wireless network and click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Connect</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 4.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 4.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 12pt;">Note:</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">There may be two or more networks with the same SSID in the AP list. Click </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Lock to AP</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"> to select the SSID and AP simultaneously, which can make the device connect to the specific AP next time.</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-8Selecting an Upstream Wireless Network</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="424" class="wp-image-10116 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-36-1.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_client3.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 66" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-36-1.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-36-1-300x140.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-36-1-768x358.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">5)In the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Wireless Client Settings</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> section, specify the wireless parameters to connect to the specified wireless network. Click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 4.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 4.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 12pt;">Note:</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Make sure that </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Security</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"> and </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">PSK Password</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"> are the same as the upstream wireless network’s. Other parameters set in this page and those of the upstream wireless network should be compatible with each other. For details, refer to </span><a href="https://www.tp-link.com/en/configuration-guides/configuring_the_wireless_parameters_cpe_and_wbs_/?configurationId=18611" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 10.5pt;"><em>Configure the Wireless Parameters</em></span></a><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">.</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-9Specifying the Wireless Client Settings</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="594" class="wp-image-10117 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-37-1.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_client4.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 67" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-37-1.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-37-1-300x196.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-37-1-768x501.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">6)In the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Finish</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> section, review the configurations and click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Finish</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> to complete the quick setup.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-10Checking the Settings</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="587" class="wp-image-10118 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-38.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_client5.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 68" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-38.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-38-300x194.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-38-768x495.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">7)Connect the device according to your network topology and use it normally.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 30pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 21pt;">3.3</span><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 16.5pt;">Repeater (Range Extender)</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Follow the steps below to configure the device as Repeater (Range Extender) mode:</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">1)Go to the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">QUICK SETUP</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> page, select </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Repeater</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> and click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-11Selecting an Operation Mode</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="673" class="wp-image-10119 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-39-2.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_repeater1.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 69" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-39-2.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-39-2-300x222.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-39-2-768x568.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">2)In the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">LAN Settings</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> section, specify the LAN IP address and the Subnet Mask for the device. Then, click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-12Specifying the LAN Settings</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="579" class="wp-image-10120 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-40-1.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_access_point22.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 70" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-40-1.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-40-1-300x191.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-40-1-768x489.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">3)In the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Wireless Client Settings</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> section, click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Survey</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> to search for the upstream wireless network.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-13Searching for Upstream Wireless Networks</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="595" class="wp-image-10121 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-41-1.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_client21.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 71" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-41-1.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-41-1-300x196.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-41-1-768x502.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">4)Select the desired wireless network and click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Connect</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 4.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 4.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 12pt;">Note:</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">There may be two or more networks with the same SSID in the AP list. Click </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Lock to AP</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"> to select the SSID and AP simultaneously, which can make the device connect to the specific AP next time.</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-14Selecting an Upstream Wireless Network</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="426" class="wp-image-10122 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-42-1.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_client31.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 72" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-42-1.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-42-1-300x140.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-42-1-768x360.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">5)In the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Wireless Client Settings</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> section, specify the wireless parameters to connect to the specified wireless network. Click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 4.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 4.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 12pt;">Note:</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Make sure that </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Security</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"> and </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">PSK Password</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"> are the same as the upstream wireless network’s. Other parameters set in this page and those of the upstream wireless network should be compatible with each other. For details, refer to </span><a href="https://www.tp-link.com/en/configuration-guides/configuring_the_wireless_parameters_cpe_and_wbs_/?configurationId=18611" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 10.5pt;"><em>Configure the Wireless Parameters</em></span></a><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">.</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-15Specifying the Wireless Client Settings</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="602" class="wp-image-10123 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-43-1.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_client41.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 73" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-43-1.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-43-1-300x198.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-43-1-768x508.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">6)In the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Finish</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> section, review the configurations and click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Finish</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> to complete the quick setup.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-16Checking the Settings</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="603" class="wp-image-10124 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-44-1.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_repeater2.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 74" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-44-1.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-44-1-300x199.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-44-1-768x509.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">7)Connect the device according to your network topology and use it normally.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 30pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 21pt;">3.4</span><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 16.5pt;">Bridge</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Follow the steps below to configure the device as Bridge mode:</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">1)Go to the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">QUICK SETUP</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> page, select </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Bridge</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> and click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-17Selecting an Operation Mode</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="677" class="wp-image-10125 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-45-2.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_bridge1.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 75" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-45-2.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-45-2-300x223.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-45-2-768x571.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">2)In the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">LAN Settings</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> section, specify the LAN IP address and the Subnet Mask for the device. Then, click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-18Specifying the LAN Settings</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="909" height="573" class="wp-image-10126 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-46-1.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_access_point23.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 76" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-46-1.png 909w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-46-1-300x189.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-46-1-768x484.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 909px) 100vw, 909px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">3)In the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Wireless Client Settings</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> section, click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Survey</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> to search for the upstream wireless network.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-19Searching for Upstream Wireless Networks</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="618" class="wp-image-10127 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-47-2.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_client22.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 77" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-47-2.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-47-2-300x204.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-47-2-768x522.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">4)Select the desired wireless network and click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Connect</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 4.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 4.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 12pt;">Note:</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">There may be two or more networks with the same SSID in the AP list. Click </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Lock to AP</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"> to select the SSID and AP simultaneously, which can make the device connect to the specific AP next time.</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-20Selecting an Upstream Wireless Network</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="418" class="wp-image-10128 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-48-1.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_client32.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 78" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-48-1.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-48-1-300x138.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-48-1-768x353.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">5)In the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Wireless Client Settings</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> section, specify the wireless parameters to connect to the specified wireless network. Click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 4.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 4.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 12pt;">Note:</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Make sure that the </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Security</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"> and </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">PSK Password</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"> are the same as the upstream wireless network’s. Other parameters set in this page and those of the upstream wireless network should be compatible with each other. For details, refer to </span><a href="https://www.tp-link.com/en/configuration-guides/configuring_the_wireless_parameters_cpe_and_wbs_/?configurationId=18611" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 10.5pt;"><em>Configure the Wireless Parameters</em></span></a><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">.</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-21Specifying the Wireless Client Settings</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="602" class="wp-image-10129 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-49-1.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_client41.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 79" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-49-1.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-49-1-300x198.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-49-1-768x508.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">6)In the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Wireless AP Settings</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> section, specify the parameters to create a new wireless network for the downstream clients. Click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-22Specifying the Wireless AP Settings</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="612" class="wp-image-10130 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-50.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_bridge2.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 80" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-50.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-50-300x202.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-50-768x517.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">7)In the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Finish</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> section, review the configurations and click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Finish</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> to complete the quick setup.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-23Checking the Settings</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="607" class="wp-image-10131 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-51.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_bridge3.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 81" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-51.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-51-300x200.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-51-768x512.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">8)Connect the device according to your network topology and use it normally.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 30pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 21pt;">3.5</span><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 16.5pt;">AP Router</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Follow the steps below to configure the device as AP Router mode:</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">1)Go to the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">QUICK SETUP</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> page, select </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">AP Router</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> and click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-24Selecting an Operation Mode</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="669" class="wp-image-10132 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-52.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_ap_router1.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 82" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-52.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-52-300x221.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-52-768x565.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">2)In the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">WAN Connection Type</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> section, specify the connection type according to your need and click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-25Specifying the WAN Connection Type</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="602" class="wp-image-10133 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-53.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_ap_router2.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 83" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-53.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-53-300x198.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-53-768x508.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 30pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">The device supports three types of the WAN connection, including </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">PPPoE</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">, </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Dynamic IP</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> and </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Static IP</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">. You can contact with your ISP to confirm your WAN connection type.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 30pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">»PPPoE</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 30pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Select </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">PPPoE</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> and click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">, then the following page will appear. In the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">WAN Settings </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">section, specify the parameters that are provided by your ISP and click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-26Specifying the WAN Settings</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="606" class="wp-image-10134 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-54.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_ap_router3.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 84" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-54.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-54-300x200.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-54-768x511.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 30pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">»Dynamic IP</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 30pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Select </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Dynamic IP</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> and click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">. In this type, the device will obtain a WAN connection automatically without any WAN configurations.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 30pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">»Static IP</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 30pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Select </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Static IP</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> and click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">, then the following page will appear. In the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">WAN Settings </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">section, specify the parameters that are provided by your ISP and click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-27Specifying the WAN Settings</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="604" class="wp-image-10135 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-55.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_ap_router4.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 85" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-55.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-55-300x199.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-55-768x510.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">3)In the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Wireless AP Settings</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> section, specify the basic wireless parameters to create a wireless network. Click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 4.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 4.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 12pt;">Note:</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">It is recommended to specify </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Security</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"> as </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"> for the network security. You can keep the default settings or specify the parameters according to your need. For details, refer to </span><a href="https://www.tp-link.com/en/configuration-guides/configuring_the_wireless_parameters_cpe_and_wbs_/?configurationId=18611" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 10.5pt;"><em>Configure the Wireless Parameters</em></span></a><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">.</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-28Specifying the Wireless AP Settings</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="613" class="wp-image-10136 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-56.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_ap_router5.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 86" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-56.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-56-300x202.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-56-768x517.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">4)In the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Finish</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> section, review the configurations and click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Finish</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> to complete the quick setup.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-29Checking the Settings</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="603" class="wp-image-10137 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-57-1.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_ap_router6.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 87" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-57-1.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-57-1-300x199.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-57-1-768x509.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">5)Connect the device according to your network topology and use it normally.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 30pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 21pt;">3.6</span><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 16.5pt;">AP Client Router (WISP Client)</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Follow the steps below to configure the device as AP Client Router (WISP Client) mode:</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">1)Go to the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">QUICK SETUP</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> page, select </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">AP Client Router (WISP Client)</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> and click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-30Selecting an Operation Mode</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="671" class="wp-image-10138 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-58-1.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_ap_client_router1.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 88" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-58-1.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-58-1-300x221.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-58-1-768x566.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">2)In the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">WAN Connection Type</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> section, choose the connection type according to your need and click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-31Specifying the WAN Connecting Type</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="592" class="wp-image-10139 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-59-1.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_ap_router21.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 89" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-59-1.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-59-1-300x195.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-59-1-768x500.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 30pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">The device supports types, </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">PPPoE</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">, </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Dynamic IP</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> and </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Static IP</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> for the WAN connection. You can contact with your ISP to confirm your WAN connection type.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 30pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">»PPPoE</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 30pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Select </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">PPPoE</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> and click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">, then the following page will appear. In the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">WAN Settings </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">section, specify the parameters that are provided by your ISP and click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-32Specifying the WAN Settings</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="606" class="wp-image-10140 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-60-1.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_ap_router3.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 90" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-60-1.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-60-1-300x200.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-60-1-768x511.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 30pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">»Dynamic IP</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 30pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Select </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Dynamic IP</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> and click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">. In this type, the device will obtain a WAN connection automatically without any WAN configurations.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 30pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">»Static IP</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 30pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Select </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Static IP</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> and click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">, then the following page will appear. In the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">WAN Settings </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">section, specify the parameters that are provided by your ISP and click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-33Specifying the WAN Settings</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="604" class="wp-image-10141 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-61-1.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_ap_router4.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 91" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-61-1.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-61-1-300x199.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-61-1-768x510.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">3)In the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Wireless Client Settings</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> section, click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Survey</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> to search for the upstream wireless network.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-34Searching for Upstream Wireless Networks</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="618" class="wp-image-10142 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-62-1.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_client22.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 92" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-62-1.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-62-1-300x204.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-62-1-768x522.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">4)Select the desired wireless network and click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Connect</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 4.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 4.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 12pt;">Note:</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">There may be two or more networks with the same SSID in the AP list. Click </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Lock to AP</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"> to select the SSID and AP simultaneously, which can make the device connect to the specific AP next time.</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-35Selecting an Upstream Wireless Network</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="431" class="wp-image-10143 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-63.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_client33.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 93" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-63.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-63-300x142.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-63-768x364.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">5)In the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Wireless Client Settings</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> section, specify the wireless parameters to connect to the specified wireless network. Click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 4.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 4.5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 12pt;">Note:</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 6.75pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Make sure that </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Security</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"> and </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">PSK Password</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"> are the same as the upstream wireless network’s. Other parameters set in this page and those of the upstream wireless network should be compatible with each other. For details, refer to </span><a href="https://www.tp-link.com/en/configuration-guides/configuring_the_wireless_parameters_cpe_and_wbs_/?configurationId=18611" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span style="color: #005564; font-size: 10.5pt;"><em>Configure the Wireless Parameters</em></span></a><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">.</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-36Specifying the Wireless Client Settings</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="602" class="wp-image-10144 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-64.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_client41.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 94" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-64.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-64-300x198.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-64-768x508.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">6)In the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Wireless AP Settings</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> section, specify the parameters to create a new wireless network for the downstream clients. Click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Next</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-37Specifying the Wireless AP Settings</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="612" class="wp-image-10145 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-65.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_bridge2.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 95" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-65.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-65-300x202.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-65-768x517.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">7)In the </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Finish</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> section, review the configurations and click </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">Finish</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;"> to complete the quick setup.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 10.5pt;">Figure 3-38Checking the Settings</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 8.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="604" class="wp-image-10146 size-full" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-66.png" alt="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_/quick_start_guide_cpe_and_wbs_-web-resources/image/configure_ap_client_router2.png" title="How to Configure Pharos Device 96" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-66.png 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-66-300x199.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Picture-66-768x510.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 7.5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 13.5pt;">8)Connect the device according to your network topology and use it normally.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.dvrcms.com/how-to-configure-pharos-device/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide</title>
		<link>https://www.dvrcms.com/ganz-cortrol-vms-setup-guide/</link>
					<comments>https://www.dvrcms.com/ganz-cortrol-vms-setup-guide/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[admin]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Sun, 30 Jul 2023 11:43:01 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Installation Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PC Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Access Control]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Alarm]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[analytic]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[client]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cloud]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Computer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CORTROL VMS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Device Manager]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[devices]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DMS Lite]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[GANZ]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Ganz CORTROL]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Information]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Intercom]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Live view]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[mobile]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[MONITOR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion search]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Network Cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Pharos Series]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Playback]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PTZ Control]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Quick Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recording]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[set up]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setup Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[SMART Station]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Support]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Surveillance]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[TP-Link]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Turing]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User manual]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[video wall]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[web browser]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows 10]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.dvrcms.com/?p=3770</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide, CORTROL Global provides a unified Video Management System (VMS) for enterprise networks of any size. ... <p class="read-more-container"><a title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide" class="read-more button" href="https://www.dvrcms.com/ganz-cortrol-vms-setup-guide/#more-3770" aria-label="Read more about GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide">Read More</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide, CORTROL Global provides a unified Video Management System (VMS) for enterprise networks of any size. By uniting the actionable intelligence in a central security command center, CORTROL Global delivers situational awareness, proactively optimizing incident management for large-scale security installations.</p>
<p><strong>CORTROL Global</strong> is one of the market&#8217;s most comprehensive enterprise-level VMS solutions, featuring interactive maps linked to alarms, an exceptional event and action manager, analytics tools, video wall support, and proactive components. In addition, the edge recording ensures your data safety by synchronizing with IP storage devices, archive replication, advanced system health monitoring, and failover, which reduces the disruption of your video surveillance recordings to zero. All this, plus various customization possibilities and Ganz&#8217;s excellent technical support.</p>
<p>With CORTROL Global, you can optimize the command center&#8217;s video wall. Create custom configurations or force users to specific video walls. For example, create &#8220;Area Focused&#8221; video walls to review footage quickly.</p>
<ul>
<li>Highly secure encrypted camera and client communication</li>
<li>Powerful event and action manager</li>
<li>Real-time geolocation / map / mobile tracking</li>
<li>Multiple access control integrations, including <a href="https://www.feenics.com/acaas/" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow">Feenics Keep</a> , <a href="https://www.kerisys.com/" target="_blank" rel="dofollow noopener">Keri<sup>® </sup>Systems Doors.net</a> , <a href="https://products.security.gallagher.com/security/global/en/products/software/command-centre/p/C201311" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow">Gallagher Command Center</a> , <a href="https://www.napcosecurity.com/products/access-control/" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow">NAPCO Continental</a> , and <a href="https://ganzsecurity.com/integrations" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">more</a></li>
<li>Cloud, VM Environments supported</li>
<li>Powerful FR, LPR, AI, and UICC modules</li>
<li>Intuitive configuration and deployment features will have your network up and running quickly and simply.</li>
<li>Advanced features: event &amp; action manager, powerful analytics: FR, LPR, VCA, 64-bit core, integrations/API maps &amp; mobile streaming</li>
<li>Supports  <a href="http://ganzsecurity.com/supported-cameras" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow">15,</a> <a href="http://ganzsecurity.com/file?id=2040" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">000+ models of network cameras and network video servers</a> from over 190+ manufacturers</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Full HD and UHD Resolution</strong><br />
Stream up to 4k and 8k resolution.</p>
<p><strong>Advanced Event and Action Manager</strong><br />
Specify the desired outcome of your video surveillance system&#8217;s operation. Determine how the software reacts to any event caught on camera and how it turns events into an automated process. For example, send emails, activate DI/DO, interact with any other software, or bring the operator&#8217;s attention to a camera that requires immediate action. This functionality can be used for a single event or a set of sequenced circumstances to eliminate false alarms and improve the efficiency of your surveillance system.</p>
<p><strong>Multiple Integrations</strong><br />
CORTROL is engineered to unify Video Surveillance, <a href="https://ganzsecurity.com/subpage/1190/integrating-with-access-control" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow">Access Control,</a> <a href="https://ganzsecurity.com/page/701/gxi-licenses" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow">Video Analytics,</a> <a href="http://ganzsecurity.com/subpage/1206/halo-iot-smart-sensor" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow">IoT Sensors (vaping sensors, bullying,</a> and <a href="https://ganzsecurity.com/subpage/1186/active-shooter-detection" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow">gunshot detectors</a> ), <a href="https://ganzsecurity.com/subpage/1122/cortrol-lpr-module" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">license plate recognition</a> , <a href="https://ganzcloud.com/features" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow">deep cloud learning</a> , <a href="https://ganzsecurity.com/subpage/1199/unifying-security-and-intercom-communications" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">intercom communications,</a> <a href="https://ganzsecurity.com/page/733/crucialtrak-multi-biometric-access-control-system" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">biometrics,</a> and other IP Systems to provide real-time situational awareness. <a href="https://ganzsecurity.com/integration" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">Go to the integration section&gt;&gt;</a></p>
<p><strong>CORTROL Video Analytics (CVA)</strong><br />
<span data-preserver-spaces="true">Advanced computational neural network engine provides AI analytics to any camera in your system. For example, create Zones/Lines to alert on perimeter intrusion, loitering, and AI Classification of persons, vehicles, and animals. Become efficient with the information you see. Take advantage of the full potential of your video surveillance system with video content analysis. Improve the functionality of your surveillance while analyzing large amounts of data to determine a specific pattern in a particular task. </span></p>
<p><strong>Smarter Business Security</strong><br />
CORTROL connects video, locks, card readers, or door contacts via Cloud, delivering versatility to smart business security &#8211;  all at a very economical cost.  CORTROL Global is engineered for medium and large enterprise business space.</p>
<p><strong>Maps</strong><br />
Maps provide a complete examination of the entire installation of cameras, delivering immediate visual verification. All the alerts are integrated with the maps and can be set up to be viewed on the overview as well — you can specify the location of the alarm event immediately.</p>
<p><strong>Web Access</strong><br />
Get permanent access to live streaming and archive video through your web browser.</p>
<p><strong>Information Channels</strong><br />
Streaming branding, informational or urgent announcements</p>
<p><strong>Alarm Acknowledgement</strong><br />
Make sure that no event skips the attention of the operator. An operator must confirm all alarms, automatically generating a bookmark towards the event in the archive. By requiring the operator to record actions in a journal, there is a tracking of performed actions towards each event.</p>
<p><strong>Integrations and API</strong><br />
CORTROL offers customizable integration with other software systems in the form of a software development kit (SDK), CORTROL RESTful API.</p>
<p><strong>Mobile Applications</strong><br />
You can use your mobile device to access live and archived streams. Use PTZ presets, control 2-way audio, or the mobile phone camera to stream video and audio directly to the server.</p>
<p><strong>Live Streaming</strong><br />
The streaming server can make a live cast of videos on a website or YouTube.</p>
<p><strong>Edge Recording</strong><br />
You can synchronize all your data with IP device storage. With this feature, if the network connection with any camera is lost, the camera still records your data. It is fully transferred to your server as soon as the network connection is re-established.</p>
<h2>GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide</h2>
<p>Read Next :</p>
<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/how-to/3675/ganz-dms-lite-user-manual/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow noopener">GANZ DMS Lite User Manual</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/3233/gamut-surveillance-client-guide/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow noopener">TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/2682/turing-smart-station-installation-guide/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow noopener">Turing SMART Station Installation Guide</a></li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Ganz CORTROL is also available in the following editions:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="https://ganzsecurity.com/cortrolpremier" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">CORTROL Premier </a>&#8211; Standalone System 24Ch / 48Ch / 72ch / 96ch</li>
</ul>
<p><a href="https://ganzsecurity.com/cortrol" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><strong>Learn More About Ganz CORTROL VMS Editions and Features.</strong></a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="510" height="364" class="wp-image-3772" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-2.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 2" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 122" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-2.jpeg 510w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-2-300x214.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 510px) 100vw, 510px" /></p>
<p>Reiated settıngs</p>
<p>Addıtıonal admmıstnMıve tooB</p>
<p>Bıtlocker settıngs</p>
<p>Device Manager</p>
<p>System ınto</p>
<p>Have a question?</p>
<p>Get help</p>
<p>Make Window$ betten</p>
<p>G™e us feedback</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3770-bookmark0"></a> CORTROL Prerequisites</li>
</ol>
<p>There are a few requirements for the system the GANZ CORTROL Client will run on.</p>
<p>The ports for remote connections should be enabled through the firewalls (default ports are 60554 for the GANZ CORTROL Client)</p>
<p>The Bit version of Windows, 32-Bit vs. 64-Bit on the PC/Server should be confirmed.</p>
<p><strong>For Windows 7: </strong>To confirm your Windows bit version, go to Control Panel &gt; System and confirm <em>System type</em> as 32-Bit or 64-Bit.</p>
<p><strong>For Windows 10: </strong>To confirm your Windows bit version, go to “Settings &gt; System and confirm <em>System type</em> as 32-Bit or 64-Bit.</p>
<p>© Home AbOUt</p>
<p>Si Windows10</p>
<p>O Dısplay <sup>ni,me</sup> bdenmeade2</p>
<p>Rename thıs PC</p>
<p>□ Notmcatıons &amp; actıons</p>
<p>,<sub>K</sub> _ „ , _ Orgamzatıon CBCAMER1CA</p>
<p>O Power &amp; sleep</p>
<p>Managc o» dBconncct from worfc or school</p>
<p>O Battery Edrtıon Windows 10 Pro</p>
<p>= storage Versıors <sup>1703</sup></p>
<p>OS Boild 15063.483</p>
<p>Cg Tablet mode ProductlO 00342-50721-92491-AAOEM</p>
<p>O Multıtaskıno Processor Intel(R) CorefTM) İ7 6600U CPU ® 260GHz 2S1</p>
<p>GHz</p>
<p>&amp; Projecting to thrs PC ınstalled RAM 8.00 GB (736 GB usabte)</p>
<p>System type 64-bit operabng system, x64-based processor</p>
<p>X Shared expetıences <sub>Pen ând |oucf)</sub> j*, <sub>or t0UC</sub>h mput ıs avaılable «or thıs dısplay</p>
<p>O About Change product key or upgrade your edition of Wındows</p>
<p>Read the Prıvacy Statement for Wındows and Microsoft Services</p>
<p>Read the Microsoft Services Agreemcnt that applies to our Services</p>
<p>Rcad the Microsoft Softvrare Ucense Terms</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3770-bookmark2"></a> CORTROL Client Installer</li>
</ol>
<p>The CORTROL Client Installer can be found at<a href="https://ganzsecurity.com/library?cat=128" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"> Ganz Security/Software i</a>ncludes both the CORTROL Management Console, and the CORTROL Client installer.</p>
<p>From the link please select and download either CORTROL Console 32bit or 64bit, depending on the Windows OS bit version of the host server.</p>
<p>For convenience, links to the 32Bit, and 64Bit versions of the CORTROL Console are provided below.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>For most browsers, any downloaded files can be found in the Windows Download folder.</p>
<p><strong><em>I</em></strong></p>
<p><strong><em>/* GANZ</em></strong></p>
<p>JyCDRTRDL<a href="https://ganzsecurity.com/file?id=1908" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"> Client 32Bit</a></p>
<p><strong>İ</strong></p>
<p><strong>Z <em>GANZ</em></strong></p>
<p>y&#8217;CORTROL<a href="https://ganzsecurity.com/file?id=1907" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"> Client 64Bit</a></p>
<p><em><sup><s>v</s></sup><s> — J</s></em></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3770-bookmark4"></a> Client Installation</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Navigate to the Microsoft Windows download folder.</li>
<li>Double click on the CORTROL Client installer, to begin the installation process.</li>
<li>Select the installation language and click <em>Next.</em></li>
<li>Accept the terms of agreement and click <em>Next.</em></li>
<li>Accept default installation location and click <em>Next.</em> (Change location destination if required.)</li>
<li>Select the needed application language and click <em>Next.</em></li>
<li>Once installation is complete, click <em>Finish.</em></li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="466" height="299" class="wp-image-3773" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-3.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 3" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 123" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-3.jpeg 466w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-3-300x192.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 466px) 100vw, 466px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="461" height="301" class="wp-image-3774" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-4.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 4" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 124" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-4.jpeg 461w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-4-300x196.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 461px) 100vw, 461px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="474" height="316" class="wp-image-3775" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-5.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 5" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 125" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-5.jpeg 474w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-5-300x200.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 474px) 100vw, 474px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="457" height="319" class="wp-image-3776" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-6.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 6" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 126" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-6.jpeg 457w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-6-300x209.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 457px) 100vw, 457px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="476" height="374" class="wp-image-3777" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-7.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 7" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 127" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-7.jpeg 476w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-7-300x236.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 476px) 100vw, 476px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="459" height="370" class="wp-image-3778" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-8.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 8" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 128" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-8.jpeg 459w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-8-300x242.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 459px) 100vw, 459px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3770-bookmark6"></a> Client Configuration</li>
</ol>
<p>To launch the CORTROL Client interface, double click on its desktop icon. H</p>
<p>The Client will require configuration, to connect to the CORTROL Global Demo Server.</p>
<ul>
<li>Select “Disconnect”, as no server is currently configured.</li>
<li>Select “Connection” located in the top right corner.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="731" height="435" class="wp-image-3779" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-9.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 9" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 129" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-9.jpeg 731w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-9-300x179.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 731px) 100vw, 731px" /></p>
<ul>
<li>Select the “Local Server” listed under “Connections, and then select “Edit”</li>
<li>Leave the default “Server title”</li>
<li>For the “IP address and port” enter: 173.42.78.61 &#8211; Leave the default port at 60554.</li>
<li>Enter “demo” all lower case for the “Username”</li>
<li>Enter “2468” for the password.</li>
<li>Select “Remember Password” and then click on “Save”.</li>
<li>Select the “Local Server” listed under “Connections” and then click on “Connect”.</li>
<li>Click on the “X” to close / exit, “Connections”</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="405" height="359" class="wp-image-3780" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-10.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 10" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 130" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-10.jpeg 405w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-10-300x266.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 405px) 100vw, 405px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="398" height="355" class="wp-image-3781" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-11.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 11" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 131" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-11.jpeg 398w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-11-300x268.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 398px) 100vw, 398px" /></p>
<p><strong>CORTROL Client Download</strong></p>
<p>V2.0.3</p>
<p>The “Demo” user have been giving no restriction on functionality within the GANZ CORTROL Client.</p>
<p>Please reference the<a href="https://ganzsecurity.com/file?id=1932" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"> CORTROL Client Manual f</a>or navigation, and usage.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="917" height="497" class="wp-image-3782" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-12.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 12" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 132" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-12.jpeg 917w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-12-300x163.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-12-768x416.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 917px) 100vw, 917px" /></p>
<p>CORTROL Client Quick Guide</p>
<p>v1.0.2</p>
<p><strong>Main window</strong></p>
<p>The main window displays content provided by the server, which depend upon the selected tab. Please see the corresponding sections of this document for detailed information about each mode.</p>
<p>The Ganz CORTROL Client application window title displays window name, display number, and computer station name.</p>
<p><strong>Upper right corner &#8211; window controls</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="200" height="34" class="wp-image-3783" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-1-1.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 1 1" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 133"></p>
<p>From this panel, the Ganz CORTROL Client application window can be:</p>
<ul>
<li>Opened in full screen mode</li>
<li>Minimized to taskbar</li>
<li>Maximized/restored to default size</li>
<li>Closed</li>
</ul>
<p>To enter full screen, F11 can also be used; to exit full screen mode, press <em>Escape</em> or <em>F11</em> on the keyboard.</p>
<p><strong>Upper panel &#8211; tabs</strong></p>
<p>I I Live £&gt; Playback Sequence Smart search /A Alerts pa~| Library</p>
<p>The upper panel contains tabs that allow you to quickly switch between main software functionality. The following tabs may be available, depending on the software version:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Live</strong>: real-time video</li>
<li><strong>Playback</strong>: recorded video</li>
<li><strong>Sequence Explorer</strong>: recorded video analysis</li>
<li><strong>Smart Search</strong>: recording motion video analysis</li>
<li><strong>Alerts</strong>: generated alerts</li>
<li><strong>Library</strong>: exported video and snapshots</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Upper panel &#8211; server connections</strong></p>
<p>S Connection (1 servers)</p>
<p>The <em>Connection</em> button opens server connection setup window and displays the number of currently configured servers.</p>
<p><strong>Upper right: main menu</strong></p>
<p>File Edit View Help</p>
<p>This section contains the main application menu items.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>File; </strong><em>Exit</em>: close the Ganz CORTROL Client Application</li>
<li><strong>Edit</strong>; <em>Settings</em>: application settings</li>
<li><strong>View</strong>: operation modes</li>
</ul>
<p>o <em>Always on top</em></p>
<p>o <em>Exclusivity Mode</em></p>
<p>o <em>Locked application</em></p>
<p><strong>Help</strong>; <em>About</em>: about Ganz CORTROL Client</p>
<p><strong>Server Connections</strong></p>
<p>If you wish to connect to a remote server, follow the steps below.</p>
<p>Select the <em>Connection</em> section in the upper panel to bring up the dialog box.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="785" height="378" class="wp-image-3784" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-2-1.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 2 1" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 134" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-2-1.jpeg 785w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-2-1-300x144.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-2-1-768x370.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 785px) 100vw, 785px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="785" height="151" class="wp-image-3785" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-3-1.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 3 1" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 135" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-3-1.jpeg 785w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-3-1-300x58.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-3-1-768x148.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 785px) 100vw, 785px" /></p>
<p>Select a server by clicking it in the item list and click <em>Connect</em> to connect with the selected server. Server resources will automatically appear in the left-hand panel.</p>
<p>Click <em>Disconnect</em> in this same dialog box to log out from the selected server.</p>
<p><strong>Video Channels</strong></p>
<p>Each video displayed in live view is placed into a &#8216;slot&#8217;, a part of the layout, called viewport.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="607" height="308" class="wp-image-3786" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-4-1.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 4 1" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 136" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-4-1.jpeg 607w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-4-1-300x152.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 607px) 100vw, 607px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="95" height="26" class="wp-image-3787" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-5-1.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 5 1" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 137"></p>
<p>X rf* Traffic Cam</p>
<p>Lower-left: Stream details</p>
<p>i f H.264 VGA 30FPS 2.5 Mb/s</p>
<p>Enabled items are highlighted yellow:</p>
<p>Upper-left: general viewport controls</p>
<p>o <strong>X: </strong>close the stream and free the viewport</p>
<p>o <strong>Lock</strong>: unlocked/locked (Unlocked video in can be replaced by other cameras)</p>
<p>o <strong>Camera name: </strong>Name given the camera</p>
<p>Upper-right: Current time on the server from which the device originates</p>
<p>o <strong>Recording status: </strong>X = not recording, yellow arrow = recording</p>
<p>o <strong>Motion detector status: </strong>running = motion present, standing still = no motion</p>
<p>o <strong>Video codec of the stream: </strong>H.264, MJPEG</p>
<p>o <strong>Picture resolution: </strong>XVGA, 2.8MP</p>
<p>o <strong>Stream frame rate: </strong>xFPS</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="379" height="37" class="wp-image-3788" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-6-1.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 6 1" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 138" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-6-1.jpeg 379w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-6-1-300x29.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 379px) 100vw, 379px" /><a id="post-3770-bookmark0"></a> o Stream bitrate: xKb/s, xMb/s</p>
<p>Lower-right: Controls</p>
<p>o <strong>Instant playback: </strong>Playback of currently select time, (Default, last five minutes)</p>
<p>o <strong>PTZ toggle: </strong>PTZ HUD and bottom panel ON/OFF</p>
<p>o <strong>DPTZ toggle: </strong>Toggle digital PTZ control</p>
<p>o <strong>Motion grid: </strong>ON/OFF</p>
<p>o <strong>Substream: </strong>Auto/main/substream</p>
<p>o <strong>Incoming audio: </strong>ON/OFF</p>
<p>o <strong>Audio OUT: </strong>Press and hold the microphone to speak</p>
<p>o <strong>Aspect ratio: </strong>Auto/stretch to fill viewport/original</p>
<p>o <strong>Notification panel toggle: </strong>Toggle display of device centric notification panel</p>
<p>o <strong>Bookmark: </strong>Bookmark current selection of time for later retrieval, review</p>
<p>o <strong>Snapshot: </strong>Export snapshot of current image to library</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="580" height="33" class="wp-image-3789" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-7-1.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 7 1" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 139" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-7-1.jpeg 580w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-7-1-300x17.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 580px) 100vw, 580px" /></p>
<p>Bottom: PTZ controls</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Presets Tours: </strong>Listing presets, with option to initiate tour</li>
<li><strong>HUD (Heads Up Display): </strong>ON/OFF (Centre: PTZ HUD controls) o Pan and tilt arrows</li>
</ul>
<p>o Zoom slider</p>
<p>o Iris slide (If camera supported)</p>
<p>o Focus slider (If camera supported)</p>
<p><strong>Instant Playback</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="798" height="406" class="wp-image-3790" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-8-1.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 8 1" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 140" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-8-1.jpeg 798w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-8-1-300x153.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-8-1-768x391.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 798px) 100vw, 798px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="87" height="35" class="wp-image-3791" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-9-1.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 9 1" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 141"> The following overlay controls are available in the instant playback mode:</p>
<p>Camera Center: P<strong>lay/Pause</strong></p>
<p>o Drag to the center of the line to pause drag right to go fast forward o Drag left to rewind fast</p>
<p>o Release from dragging to continue normal playback</p>
<p>Bottom right: Controls</p>
<p>o <strong>Place: </strong>Click to play</p>
<p>o <strong>Clock icon: </strong>Specify time, date/hours/minutes</p>
<p>o <strong>Bookmark: </strong>Bookmark current selection of time for later retrieval, review</p>
<p>o <strong>Snapshot: </strong>Snapshot of current image, saved automatically</p>
<p>o <strong>Archive: </strong>Export loaded footage displayed in timeline</p>
<p>Bottom: Navigation</p>
<p>1/9/2017 L</p>
<p>4:5607 PM</p>
<p>11/9/2017</p>
<p>5:01:07 PM</p>
<p>o <strong>Left/Right &lt;&gt; arrows</strong>: Adjust loaded video time boundaries (Default, last five minutes) ■ Drag right to go forward in time drag left to go backwards in time</p>
<p>o <strong>Vertical yellow line: </strong>Indicates current playback moment, ■ Drag it anywhere or click to move along the timeline</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="203" height="38" class="wp-image-3792" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-10-1.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 10 1" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 142"></p>
<p><strong>Playback (Archive) Mode</strong></p>
<p>For security reasons, it has been made impossible to erase recordings from individual channels and/or time periods. Recordings</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1047" height="549" class="wp-image-3793" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-11-1.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 11 1" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 143" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-11-1.jpeg 1047w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-11-1-300x157.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-11-1-1024x537.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-11-1-768x403.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1047px) 100vw, 1047px" /></p>
<p>Select <em>Playback</em> tab to switch to archive playback mode. Your current layout will be used, and recorded video streams will be displayed for channels with enabled recording.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Layouts: </strong>Double-click your desired layout to load it</li>
<li><strong>Layout templates: </strong>Double-click your desired layout template to load it</li>
<li><strong>Channels:</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>o Double-click or drag and drop the channels of your choice to fill the viewports</p>
<p>o First empty viewports are filled; then non-locked channels are replaced one by one)</p>
<p>o Each channel can be expanded to access recordings of its main or secondary stream.</p>
<p>o All footage having no associated active channels will be available under <em>Orphan archive tracks</em>.</p>
<p>The following viewport overlay controls are available in the playback mode, upon selection of a viewport:</p>
<ul>
<li>Upper left:</li>
</ul>
<p>o <strong>X: </strong>close the stream and free the viewport</p>
<p>o <strong>Lock</strong>: unlocked/locked (Unlocked video in this viewport can be replaced by other cameras)</p>
<p>o <strong>Camera name: </strong>Name given the camera</p>
<ul>
<li>Lower-right: <strong>Controls</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>o <strong>DPTZ toggle: </strong>Toggle digital PTZ control</p>
<p>o <strong>Aspect ratio: </strong>Auto/stretch to fill viewport/original</p>
<p>o <strong>Motion grid: </strong>ON/OFF</p>
<p><strong>Playback timeline</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1053" height="82" class="wp-image-3794" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-12-1.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 12 1" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 144" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-12-1.jpeg 1053w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-12-1-300x23.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-12-1-1024x80.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-12-1-768x60.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1053px) 100vw, 1053px" /></p>
<p>Right below the video stream, the <strong>Timeline </strong>is displayed:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Time intervals: </strong>Show the timeline scale;</li>
</ul>
<p>o Click and drag left/right to move the timeline</p>
<ul>
<li>The video footage outline is shown twice:</li>
</ul>
<p>o <strong>Upper timeline: </strong>Contents of currently selected stream, with corresponding channel name</p>
<p>o <strong>Lower timeline: </strong>Content summary for all channels currently present in the viewport layout</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>White line: </strong>Indicates recorded video data</li>
<li><strong>Cyan line: </strong>(A little bit wider than the white line) indicates recorded motion data</li>
<li><strong>Blue line</strong>: (A little bit wider than the cyan line) indicates recorded incoming audio data</li>
<li><strong>Yellow vertical line: </strong>Denotes current playback position</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Playback Navigation controls</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1045" height="51" class="wp-image-3795" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-13.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 13" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 145" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-13.jpeg 1045w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-13-300x15.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-13-1024x50.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-13-768x37.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1045px) 100vw, 1045px" /></p>
<p>The <strong>playback navigation controls </strong>are located at the bottom of the window:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Timestamps: </strong>Timeline start and stop</li>
<li><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="74" height="29" class="wp-image-3796" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-14.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 14" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 146"><strong>Left/Right &lt;&gt; arrows</strong>: Adjust the loaded footage time boundaries (Default, last five minutes) o Drag right to go forward in time drag left to go backwards in time</li>
</ul>
<p>Motion Search:</p>
<p>Left/Right &lt;&gt; arrows move forward or back to next recorded motion</p>
<p><strong>Playback Navigation:</strong></p>
<p>o Use the <em>Play/Pause</em> button to start playback</p>
<p>o Use the &lt;&gt; arrows near the <em>Play</em> button to go one frame back/forward</p>
<p>o -/+ steps: click to go back/forward with a step of 5 seconds, 1 minute, 1 hour or 24 hours o |&lt; &gt;| arrows: go to the very beginning/very end of the footage</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Playback speed:</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>o Drag the blob to adjust playback speed from +/-0.5x to +/-32x</p>
<p>o The <em>Pause</em> button duplicates the main pause control</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Clock icon: </strong>Specify time, date/hours/minutes</li>
<li><strong>Bookmark: </strong>Create bookmark for later retrieval, review</li>
<li><strong>Snapshot: </strong>Snapshot of current image, saved automatically</li>
<li><strong>Multi-</strong>Snapshot: Snapshot of all channels currently present in the viewport layout</li>
<li><strong>Archive: </strong>Export loaded footage displayed in timeline</li>
</ul>
<p>o Option of multi-channel, or single channel archive export</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.dvrcms.com/ganz-cortrol-vms-setup-guide/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide</title>
		<link>https://www.dvrcms.com/tp-link-pharos-series-installation-guide/</link>
					<comments>https://www.dvrcms.com/tp-link-pharos-series-installation-guide/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[admin]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Fri, 14 Jul 2023 07:19:15 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Access Control]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[administrator]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[client]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Comfast]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Computer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DDNS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[devices]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Factory Defaults]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Google Chrome]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Information]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instructions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Latest]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[latest firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Local Network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Management Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[mobile]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[MONITOR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Pharos Series]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[SADP Tool]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[set up]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Step by Step]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Support]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[System Requirements]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Time Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[TP-Link]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Troubleshoot]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Update firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User manual]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[web browser]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Wi-Fi]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows 10]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows 8]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.dvrcms.com/?p=3107</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide, With a high transmit power and antenna gain, TP-Link Pharos Products are perfect for long-distance ... <p class="read-more-container"><a title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide" class="read-more button" href="https://www.dvrcms.com/tp-link-pharos-series-installation-guide/#more-3107" aria-label="Read more about TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide">Read More</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide, With a high transmit power and antenna gain, TP-Link Pharos Products are perfect for long-distance wireless connections. The communication distance ranges from several kilometers to dozens of kilometers depending on your product models.<br />
You can use Pharos products in diversified network environments. This article introduces some common application scenarios, including <a href="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/common-applications-for-pharos-products/#_idTextAnchor000" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span class="超链接">Point to Point (PtP)</span></a>, <a href="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/common-applications-for-pharos-products/#_idTextAnchor002" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span class="超链接">Point to Multi-Point (PtMP)</span></a> and <a href="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/common-applications-for-pharos-products/#_idTextAnchor004" rel="dofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span class="超链接">Wireless Internet Service Provider (WISP)</span></a>, one of which may be similar to yours.</p>
<p>If you want to set up a Wi-Fi hotspot outdoors like in a plaza or farm, use Omada Outdoor EAPs instead, such as EAP225-Outdoor and EAP110-Outdoor. That’s because Omada outdoor EAPs are designed to provide wireless access for mobile terminals, while Pharos devices are more suitable for long-distance communications. However, if you still want to use Pharos Products in that scenario, refer to Device A in <a href="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/common-applications-for-pharos-products/#_idTextAnchor000" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span class="超链接">1 Point to Point (PtP)</span></a> to set up the device.</p>
<p><span class="_idGenBNMarker-1">1</span><a id="_idTextAnchor000"></a>Point to Point (PtP)</p>
<p class="图表组_图-题注" lang="zh-CN"><span class="_idGenBNMarker-2">Figure 1-1</span><a id="_idTextAnchor001"></a>PtP Application</p>
<p class="图表组_Web图片"><img decoding="async" class="_idGenObjectAttribute-2" src="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/common-applications-for-pharos-products/common-applications-for-pharos-products-web-resources/image/PtP.png" alt="PtP" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 273"></p>
<p class="正文组_UG模块化正文">The PtP application is to realize the communications between two isolated locations, such as two sites separated by a river, hill, railway, and so on. The wireless PtP link acts as a very long and invisible cable. It simplifies the network deployments because you do not need long-distance cabling between the two sides. To build a PtP link, you need two Pharos devices. We recommend that you configure one in AP Mode and the other in Client Mode.</p>
<p class="正文组_UG模块化正文"><a href="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/common-applications-for-pharos-products/#_idTextAnchor001" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span class="超链接">Figure 1-1</span></a> shows a typical example of the PtP application: Bridging the internet connection from a downtown house to another house on a small island where no ISP provides internet access.</p>
<p class="正文组_UG模块化正文">For the downtown house, there are already a modem and router together to provide internet access for computers and mobile terminals. Configure Device A to work in AP Mode and connect it to the LAN port of the router. <span class="加粗">In AP Mode, Device A creates a Wi-Fi signal to the designated area so that wireless clients can access the network after connecting to it.</span></p>
<p class="正文组_UG模块化正文">For the house on the island, configure Device B to work in Client Mode and connect it to the SSID of Device A wirelessly. <span class="加粗">In Client Mode, Device B acts as a wireless adapter to receive the wireless signal from the remote root AP (Device A). </span>Connect it to a router or indoor AP via Ethernet cables, then mobile terminals like laptops and mobile phones can access the internet by connecting to the SSID of the router or indoor AP.</p>
<h2>TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide</h2>
<p>Read More :</p>
<ol>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/user-guide/3089/comfast-long-range-wifi-access-point-setup/" rel="nofollow">Comfast Long Range WiFi Access Point Setup</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/how-to/3050/how-to-setup-email-notifications-via-gmail/" rel="nofollow">How to Setup Email Notifications via Gmail</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/1117/sadp-tool-software-user-manual/" rel="nofollow">SADP Tool Software User Manual</a></li>
</ol>
<p class="标题组_一级标题"><span class="_idGenBNMarker-1">2</span><a id="_idTextAnchor002"></a>Point to Multi-Point (PtMP)</p>
<p class="图表组_图-题注" lang="zh-CN"><span class="_idGenBNMarker-2">Figure 2-1</span><a id="_idTextAnchor003"></a>PtMP Application</p>
<p class="图表组_Web图片"><img decoding="async" class="_idGenObjectAttribute-3" src="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/common-applications-for-pharos-products/common-applications-for-pharos-products-web-resources/image/PtMP.png" alt="PtMP" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 274"></p>
<p class="正文组_UG模块化正文">The PtMP application is often used when multiple sites need to connect to a remote center. The device at the remote center usually works in AP Mode and the others work in Client Mode. To cover all the Clients, the AP should have a wide enough beamwidth. A WBS device installed with a sector antenna is recommended.</p>
<p class="正文组_UG模块化正文"><span class="超链接">Figure 2-1</span> shows a typical PtMP application. A company has three warehouses that are located far away from the head office. It plans to construct a PtMP link to realize remote monitoring of the warehouses from the head office.</p>
<p class="正文组_UG模块化正文">To construct the PtMP link, for the head office, configure Device D to work in AP Mode and connect it to the switch that the Monitoring Host is connected to. For the warehouses, configure the Pharos devices to work in Client Mode. Connect them to the SSID of Device D wirelessly, and to the cameras via Ethernet cables. Then the four sites form a local area network and employees in the head office can monitor the warehouses in real time via the Monitoring Host.</p>
<p class="标题组_一级标题"><span class="_idGenBNMarker-1">3</span><a id="_idTextAnchor004"></a>Wireless Internet Service Provider (WISP)</p>
<p class="图表组_图-题注" lang="zh-CN"><span class="_idGenBNMarker-2">Figure 3-1</span><a id="_idTextAnchor005"></a>WISP Application</p>
<p class="图表组_Web图片"><img decoding="async" class="_idGenObjectAttribute-4" src="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/common-applications-for-pharos-products/common-applications-for-pharos-products-web-resources/image/WISP-PtMP.png" alt="WISP PtMP" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 275"></p>
<p class="正文组_UG模块化正文">When providing internet service for some remote areas that have no wired internet access yet, ISPs usually choose a wireless solution instead of a wired solution to avoid cabling over long distances. The WISP application is often used in this kind of scenario. <span class="超链接">Figure 3-1</span> shows the network topology. As you can see, it is a combination of PtP and PtMP applications.</p>
<p class="正文组_UG模块化正文">For this scenario, subscribers are often kilometers away from each other. Find a place that is approximately the center of the subscribers and suitable to install Pharos devices, and mark it as Site 2. Then find the nearest location to Site 2 that has internet access, and mark it as Site 1.</p>
<p class="标题组_二级标题"><a id="deployment_of_the_ptp_link_"></a>Deployment of the PtP Link</p>
<p class="正文组_UG模块化正文">The PtP link is to realize the long-distance wireless connection between Site 1 and Site 2.</p>
<p class="正文组_UG模块化正文">For Site 1, deploy a device (Device 1) and configure it to work in AP Mode. Connect it to the existing network via Ethernet cables.</p>
<p class="正文组_UG模块化正文">For Site 2, deploy a device (Device 2) and configure it to work in Client Mode. Then connect it to the SSID of Device 1 wirelessly so that it can communicate with Device 1.</p>
<p class="标题组_二级标题"><a id="deployment_of_the_ptmp_link_"></a>Deployment of the PtMP Link</p>
<p class="正文组_UG模块化正文">The PtMP link is the last mile of the internet connections to the subscribers.</p>
<p class="正文组_UG模块化正文">For Site 2, deploy a device (Device 3) and configure it to work in AP Mode. Connect it to Device 2 via Ethernet cables. Device 3 is used to provide wireless coverage for the subscribers. As mentioned in <a href="https://www.tp-link.com/us/configuration-guides/common-applications-for-pharos-products/#_idTextAnchor002" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span class="超链接">2 Point to Multi-Point (PtMP)</span></a>, a WBS device installed with a sector antenna is recommended. If Device 3 cannot cover all the subscribers, deploy more devices in different directions to achieve the goal.</p>
<p class="正文组_UG模块化正文">For the devices at subscribers’ homes like Device 4 and Device 5, there are two configuration choices:</p>
<p class="正文组_UG模块化正文"><span class="加粗">Choice 1: Client Mode</span></p>
<p class="正文组_UG模块化正文">This is the most common use, and a Wi-Fi router is needed.</p>
<p class="正文组_UG模块化正文">Configure the device (Device 4) to work in Client Mode. Connect it to the ISP’s network wirelessly, and to a Wi-Fi router via Ethernet cables. Computers and Mobile terminals can access the internet by connecting to the Wi-Fi router.</p>
<p class="正文组_UG模块化正文"><span class="加粗">Choice 2: AP Client Router (WISP Client) Mode</span></p>
<p class="正文组_UG模块化正文">AP Client Router Mode is used in the following two scenarios:</p>
<p class="正文组_项目符号一级-小段前距）"><span class="正文 _idGenBNMarker-3" lang="en-US">■</span>The ISP needs to have good control of user networks, like limiting the ingress and egress bandwidth of the user networks.</p>
<p class="正文组_项目符号一级-小段前距）"><span class="正文 _idGenBNMarker-3" lang="en-US">■</span>The user has no Wi-Fi routers.</p>
<p class="正文组_UG模块化正文">Configure the device (Device 5) to work in AP Client Router Mode and connect it to Device 3 wirelessly. <span class="加粗">In AP Client Router Mode, Device 5 acts as a wireless client in the ISP’s network and a wireless NAT router in the user network.</span> Both wired and wireless terminals can access the internet after connecting to Device 5. No extra Wi-Fi router is needed, but there are some concerns to take into consideration.</p>
<p class="正文组_项目符号一级-小段前距）"><span class="正文 _idGenBNMarker-3" lang="en-US">■</span>The installation position for Device 5 has more stringent requirements than that for Device 4 in Choice 1. In addition to ensuring that Device 5 can communicate with Device 3, you should also ensure that its wireless coverage range can cover the areas where the subscriber needs to access the internet.</p>
<p class="正文组_项目符号一级-小段前距）"><span class="正文 _idGenBNMarker-3" lang="en-US">■</span>Mobile terminals that are far away from the Pharos device may fail to connect to the wireless network although they can scan it. This is because the mobile terminals are in the coverage range of the Pharos device, but the Pharos device is not in their range. For more details, refer to <span class="超链接">Why Does My Cellphone Fail to Connect to the Remote Outdoor Access Point?</span></p>
<p><a id="post-3107-bookmark0"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark1"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark2"></a> Operation Modes</p>
<p>The Pharos series products support multiple operation modes to satisfy user’s diverse network requirements. This chapter introduces typical usage scenarios of different modes. For more information, refer to Common Applications for Pharos Products.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark3"></a><em>Access Point</em></li>
<li><em>Client</em></li>
<li><em>AP Client Router (WISP Client)</em></li>
<li><em>AP Router</em></li>
<li><em>Repeater</em></li>
<li><em>Bridge</em></li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Repeater mode or Bridge mode is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark10"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark11"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark12"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark13"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark9"></a> Access Point</li>
</ol>
<p>In Access Point (AP) Mode, the device acts as a central hub and provides wireless access point for wireless clients, thus the AP Mode is applicable to the following three scenarios. Meanwhile, Multi-SSID function can be enabled in this mode, providing up to four wireless networks with different SSIDs and passwords.</p>
<p>■ <strong>Scenario 1</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="364" height="333" class="wp-image-3108" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-1.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 1" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 276" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-1.jpeg 364w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-1-300x274.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 364px) 100vw, 364px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="28" height="41" class="wp-image-3109" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-2.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 2" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 277"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="255" height="172" class="wp-image-3110" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-3.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 3" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 278"></p>
<p>Access Point</p>
<p>LAN: 192.168.7.2</p>
<p>AP Client Router</p>
<p>LAN: 192.168.0.254</p>
<p>WAN: Dynamic IP</p>
<p><strong>Network requirements: </strong>Establish the network coverage in the remote areas without long­distance cabling.</p>
<p><strong>The device in the network: </strong>In the adjacent town covered by wired network, ISP (Internet Service Provider) can put up a device in AP Mode to access the internet and transform wired signal into wireless one. In the remote area, users can put up a device in AP Client Router Mode to access the wireless network.</p>
<p><strong>Advantages: </strong>Transmit data wirelessly across a long distance and reduce the cabling cost.</p>
<p>■ <strong>Scenario 2</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="276" height="172" class="wp-image-3111" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-4.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 4" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 279" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-4.jpeg 276w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-4-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 276px) 100vw, 276px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="315" height="172" class="wp-image-3112" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-5.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 5" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 280" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-5.jpeg 315w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-5-300x164.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 315px) 100vw, 315px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="204" height="100" class="wp-image-3113" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-6.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 6" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 281"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="204" height="100" class="wp-image-3114" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-7.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 7" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 282"></p>
<p>Access Point</p>
<p>LAN: 192.168.0.254</p>
<p>Client</p>
<p>LAN: 192.168.0.2</p>
<p><strong>Network requirements: </strong>Combine two separate office networks into one.</p>
<p><strong>The device in the network: </strong>The device in AP Mode connects to one office network and creates a wireless network. The device in Client Mode connects to the other office network and the wireless network.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="324" height="192" class="wp-image-3115" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-8.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 8" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 283" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-8.jpeg 324w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-8-300x178.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 324px) 100vw, 324px" /><strong>Advantages: </strong>Establish a point-to-point WLAN across a long distance to achieve the connectivity between two networks and avoid the cabling trouble.</p>
<p>■ <strong>Scenario 3</strong></p>
<p>Laptop/Tablet/Smartphone</p>
<p><strong>Network requirements: </strong>Establish wireless network coverage in the campus, community, industrial park or public place to provide wireless access for users.</p>
<p><strong>The device in the network: </strong>With the access to campus wired network or other wired local area networks, the device in AP Mode provides the wireless access for wireless clients, such as smart phones, laptops and tablets to connect to the network.</p>
<p><strong>Advantages: </strong>Enrich the access ways of local area network and extend the network coverage.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark14"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark15"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark16"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark17"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark18"></a> Client</li>
</ol>
<p>For the device in Client Mode, the most common usage scenario is point-to-point networking. The device is used to transform wireless signal into wired one.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="315" height="172" class="wp-image-3116" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-9.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 9" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 284" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-9.jpeg 315w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-9-300x164.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 315px) 100vw, 315px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="315" height="172" class="wp-image-3117" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-10.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 10" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 285" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-10.jpeg 315w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-10-300x164.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 315px) 100vw, 315px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="204" height="100" class="wp-image-3118" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-11.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 11" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 286"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="204" height="100" class="wp-image-3119" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-12.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 12" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 287"></p>
<p>Access Point</p>
<p>LAN: 192.168.0.254</p>
<p>Client</p>
<p>LAN: 192.168.0.2</p>
<p><strong>Network requirements: </strong>Help the wired devices to connect to the wireless network.</p>
<p><strong>The device in the network: </strong>In Client Mode, the device actually serves as a wireless adapter to receive the wireless signal from root AP or Station. In this case, wired devices can access the wireless network by connecting to the device in Client Mode.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark19"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark20"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark21"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark22"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark23"></a> AP Client Router (WISP Client)</li>
</ol>
<p>In AP Client Router Mode, the device access the internet provided by WISP (Wireless Internet Service Provider) through wireless connection. For the downstream clients, the device serves as a normal home wireless router. It can provide wired connection and wireless connection simultaneously.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="69" height="328" class="wp-image-3120" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-13.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 13" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 288" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-13.jpeg 69w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-13-63x300.jpeg 63w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 69px) 100vw, 69px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="31" height="44" class="wp-image-3121" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-14.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 14" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 289"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="32" height="44" class="wp-image-3122" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-15.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 15" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 290"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="523" height="206" class="wp-image-3123" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-16.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 16" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 291" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-16.jpeg 523w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-16-300x118.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 523px) 100vw, 523px" /></p>
<p>WISP’s network</p>
<p>AP Client Router</p>
<p>LAN: 192.168.0.254</p>
<p>WAN: Dynamic IP</p>
<p><strong>Network requirements: </strong>Get internet service from WISP.</p>
<p><strong>The device in the network: </strong>The device in Client Router Mode connects to WISP wirelessly for internet service. It provides both wired access and wireless access for the clients.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark24"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark25"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark26"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark27"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark28"></a> AP Router</li>
</ol>
<p>The device in AP Router Mode serves as a normal home wireless router but provides a wider wireless network range.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="328" height="205" class="wp-image-3124" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-17.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 17" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 292" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-17.jpeg 328w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-17-300x188.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-17-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 328px) 100vw, 328px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="147" height="64" class="wp-image-3125" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-18.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 18" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 293"></p>
<p>Laptop/Tablet/Smartphone</p>
<p><strong>Network requirements: </strong>Establish the wireless network coverage in the campus, community, industrial park or other public places and so on.</p>
<p><strong>The device in the network: </strong>The device in AP Router Mode connects to root ADSL/Cable Modem for internet access. Meanwhile, it creates a wireless network for the wireless clients to connect to the internet.</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>In this mode, the device cannot be managed directly through the port connected to ADSL/Cable Modem. To manage the device, connect the management host to the device wirelessly or via the other LAN port.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark29"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark30"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark31"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark32"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark33"></a> Repeater</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Repeater mode is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>The device in Repeater Mode can extend wireless coverage of an existing wireless network. The SSID and encryption type of the device should be the same as those of the root AP.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark34"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark35"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark36"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark37"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark38"></a> Bridge</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Bridge mode is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>The device in Bridge Mode can extend wireless coverage of an existing wireless network.</p>
<p>The SSID and encryption type of the device can be different from those of the root AP.</p>
<p><a id="post-3107-bookmark39"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark40"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark41"></a> Quick Start</p>
<p>This chapter introduces how to quickly build a wireless network in different operation modes. Follow the steps below:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark42"></a><em>Check the System Requirements</em></li>
<li><em>Log In to the Device</em></li>
<li><em>Set Up the Wireless Network</em></li>
<li>Check the System Requirements</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark50"></a><strong>Operating System:</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Microsoft Windows XP, Windows Vista, Windows 7, Windows 8, Windows 10, Linux, or Mac OS X.</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark51"></a><strong>Web Browser</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Google Chrome, Safari, Firefox, and Apple Safari. IE browsers are not recommended.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark52"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark53"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark54"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark55"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark56"></a> Log In to the Device</li>
</ol>
<p>Before configuring the device, you need to access the PharOS configuration interface. Follow the steps below:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark57"></a> Connect your PC to the device.</li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark58"></a> Set the IP address of your PC as static IP address on 192.168.0.X subnet (X ranges from 2 to 253, e.g.192.168.0.10).</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="544" height="526" class="wp-image-3126" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-19.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 19" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 294" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-19.jpeg 544w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-19-300x290.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 544px) 100vw, 544px" /></p>
<p>3. Launch a web browser on and enter <strong>the management IP address of the device (192.168.0.254 by default) </strong>in the address bar to load the login page of the PharOS configuration interface.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="680" height="65" class="wp-image-3127" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-20.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 20" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 295" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-20.jpeg 680w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-20-300x29.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 680px) 100vw, 680px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark59"></a> Use <strong>admin </strong>for both of <em>User Name</em> and <em>Password.</em> Specify the region where you use the device. Available channels and maximum Transmit Power will be determined by the selected region according to the local laws and regulations. Select the appropriate language from the Language drop-down list. Read and agree the terms of use, then click <em>Login.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="733" height="395" class="wp-image-3128" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-21.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 21" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 296" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-21.jpeg 733w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-21-300x162.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 733px) 100vw, 733px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark60"></a> Create a new username and password for network security. Click <em>Finish</em> to log in to the PharOS.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="734" height="272" class="wp-image-3129" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-22.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 22" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 297" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-22.jpeg 734w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-22-300x111.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 734px) 100vw, 734px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark61"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark62"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark63"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark64"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark65"></a> Set Up the Wireless Network</li>
</ol>
<p>Use the Quick Setup wizard to quickly configure your device step by step. Choose the suitable operation mode according to your network environment and follow the step-by- step instructions.</p>
<p><a id="post-3107-bookmark66"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark67"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark68"></a> Access Point</p>
<p>Follow the steps below to configure the device as Access Point Mode:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark69"></a> Go to the <strong>QUICK SETUP </strong>page, select <em>Access Point</em> and click <em>Next.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="183" height="34" class="wp-image-3130" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-23.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 23" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 298"></p>
<p><strong>■Jtp-link <em>PHAROS</em></strong></p>
<p>Operation Mode: | Access Point</p>
<p>About Support Log Out</p>
<p>QUICK SETUP</p>
<p>STATUS</p>
<p>NETWORK</p>
<p>WIRELESS</p>
<p>MANAGEMENT</p>
<p>SYSTEM</p>
<p>Operation Mode</p>
<p>Please select the proper operation mode according to your needs:</p>
<p>(•) Access Point</p>
<p>In this mode, the AP will act as a central hub for different wireless LAN clients. Multi-SSID is also available in this mode.</p>
<p>which supports up to 4 different SSIDs and passwords.</p>
<p>O Client</p>
<p>In client mode, the device can connect to a wired device and work as a wireless adapterto receive wireless signals from</p>
<p>your wire I ess network.</p>
<p>O Repeater</p>
<p>In this mode, the device can copy and reinforce the existing wireless signal to extend the coverage of the signal,</p>
<p>especially for a large space to eliminate signal-blind corners.</p>
<p>O Bridge</p>
<p>Bridge mode borrows existing wireless internet and broadcasts it using a different SSID and password. In this mode, you can set up a wireless client to connect with a rootAP and a wireless AP for local wireless coverage.</p>
<p>O AP Router</p>
<p>In this mode, the device enables multiple users to share the internet. The wireless ports share the same IP address as</p>
<p>the Ethernet WAN port to connect to the ISP. The wireless port can be regarded as a LAN port while in AP Router mode.</p>
<p>O AP Client Router (WISP Client) In this mode, multiple users can share an internet connection provided by a WISP. The LAN port devices share the same</p>
<p>IP as that assigned by the WISP to the Wireless port. While connected to a WISP, the wireless port works as a WAN port</p>
<p>in AP Client Router mode. The Ethernet port acts as a LAN port.</p>
<p>Next</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark70"></a> In the <strong>LAN Settings </strong>section, specify the LAN IP address and the Subnet Mask for the</li>
</ol>
<p>device. Then, click <em>Next.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="568" class="wp-image-3131" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-24.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 24" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 299" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-24.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-24-300x187.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-24-768x479.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-24-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark71"></a> In the <strong>Wireless AP Settings </strong>section, specify the basic wireless parameters to create a wireless network. Click <em>Next.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>• It is recommended to specify <em>Security</em> as <strong>WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK </strong>for the network security.</p>
<p>• You can keep the default settings or specify the parameters according to your need. For details, refer to<a href="#post-3107-bookmark283"> <em>5. Configure the Wireless Parameters</em></a><em>.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="584" class="wp-image-3132" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-25.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 25" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 300" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-25.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-25-300x193.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-25-768x493.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark72"></a> In the <strong>Finish </strong>section, review the configurations and click <em>Finish</em> to complete the quick setup.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="619" class="wp-image-3133" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-26.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 26" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 301" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-26.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-26-300x204.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-26-768x522.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<p>5. Connect the device according to your network topology and use it normally.</p>
<p><a id="post-3107-bookmark73"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark74"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark75"></a> Client</p>
<p>Follow the steps below to configure the device as Client Mode:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark76"></a> Go to the <strong>QUICK SETUP </strong>page, select <em>Client</em> and click <em>Next.</em></li>
</ol>
<p>QUICK SETUP</p>
<p>Operation Mode</p>
<p>Please select the proper operation mode according to your needs:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>o Access Point</td>
<td>In this mode, the AP will act as a central hub for different wireless LAN clients. Multi-SSID is also available in this mode, which supports up to 4 different SSIDs and passwords.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>(•) Client</td>
<td>In client mode, the device can connect to a wired device and work as a wireless adapter to receive wireless signals from your wireless network.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>O Repeater</td>
<td>In this mode, the device can copy and reinforce the existing wireless signal to extend the coverage of the signal especially for a large space to eliminate signal-blind corners.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>O Bridge</td>
<td>Bridge mode borrows existing wireless internet and broadcasts it using a different SSID and password. In this mode, you can set up a wireless client to connect with a root AP and a wireless AP for local wireless coverage.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>O AP Router</td>
<td>In this mode, the device enables multiple users to share the internet The wireless ports share the same IP address as the Ethernet WAN port to connect to the ISP. The wireless port can be regarded as a LAN port while in AP Router mode.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>o AP Client Router (WISP Client)</td>
<td>In this mode, multiple users can share an internet connection provided by a WISP. The LAN port devices share the same IP as that assigned by the WISP to the Wireless port. While connected to a WISP, the wireless port works as a WAN port in AP Client Router mode. The Ethernet port acts as a LAN port.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark77"></a> In the <strong>LAN Settings </strong>section, specify the LAN IP Address and the Subnet Mask for the</li>
</ol>
<p>device. Then, click <em>Next.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="589" class="wp-image-3134" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-27.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 27" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 302" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-27.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-27-300x194.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-27-768x497.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark78"></a> In the <strong>Wireless Client Settings </strong>section, click <em>Survey</em> to search for the upstream wireless network.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="909" height="617" class="wp-image-3135" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-28.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 28" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 303" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-28.jpeg 909w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-28-300x204.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-28-768x521.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 909px) 100vw, 909px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark79"></a> Select the desired wireless network and click <em>Connect.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>There may be two or more networks with the same SSID in the AP list. Click <em>Lock to AP</em> to select the SSID and AP simultaneously, which can make the device connect to the specific AP next time.</p>
<p>STATUS NETWORK WIRELESS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM</p>
<p>QUICK SETUP</p>
<p>Wireless Client Settings</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>BSSID</td>
<td>SSID</td>
<td>MAXtream</td>
<td>Device Name</td>
<td>SNR (dB)</td>
<td>Signal/Noise (dBm)</td>
<td>Channel</td>
<td colspan="2">Security</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>18-A6-F7-41-26-46</td>
<td>daisy 3</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>42</td>
<td>-537-95</td>
<td>5180 (36)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>50-C7-BF-27-7F-6E</td>
<td>SR20_5G</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>50</td>
<td>-457-95</td>
<td>5220 (44)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>50-C7-BF-17-A6-E3</td>
<td>EAP-Show</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>14</td>
<td>-81/-95</td>
<td>5180 (36)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>D4-61-FE-5A-2A-00</td>
<td>das</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>11</td>
<td>-857-96</td>
<td>5180 (36)</td>
<td>WPA-PSK/WPA2</p>
<p>-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>50-C7-BF-48-54-DB</td>
<td>deco</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>35</td>
<td>-61/-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>50-C7-BF-48-57-1F</td>
<td>deco</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>30</td>
<td>-667-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>50-C7-BF-48-57-74</td>
<td>deco</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>47</td>
<td>-497-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>56-C7-BF-48-54-DB</td>
<td></td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>37</td>
<td>-597-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>56-C7-BF-48-57-1F</td>
<td></td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>31</td>
<td>-657-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>56-C7-BF-48-57-74</td>
<td></td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>47</td>
<td>-497-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>WPA-PSK7WPA2</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Back ■ Refresh</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark80"></a> In the <strong>Wireless Client Settings </strong>section, specify the wireless parameters to connect to the specified wireless network. Click <em>Next.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Make sure that <em>Security</em> and <em>PSK Password</em> are the same as the upstream wireless network&#8217;s. Other parameters set in this page and those of the upstream wireless network should be compatible with each other. For details, refer to<a href="#post-3107-bookmark283"> <em>5.</em></a></p>
<p><a href="#post-3107-bookmark283"><em>Configure the Wireless Parameters</em></a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="584" class="wp-image-3136" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-29.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 29" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 304" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-29.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-29-300x193.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-29-768x493.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark81"></a> In the <strong>Finish </strong>section, review the configurations and click <em>Finish</em> to complete the quick setup.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="586" class="wp-image-3137" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-30.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 30" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 305" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-30.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-30-300x193.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-30-768x495.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<p>7. Connect the device according to your network topology and use it normally.</p>
<p><a id="post-3107-bookmark82"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark83"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark84"></a> Repeater</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="53" height="25" class="wp-image-3138" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-31.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 31" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 306"></p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Repeater mode is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>Follow the steps below to configure the device as Repeater Mode:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark85"></a> Go to the <strong>QUICK SETUP </strong>page, select <em>Repeater</em> and click <em>Next.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="46" height="54" class="wp-image-3139" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-32.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 32" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 307"></p>
<p><strong>tp-link <em>PHAROS</em></strong></p>
<p>Operation Mode: Client</p>
<p>About Support Log</p>
<p><strong>Tools</strong></p>
<p>QUICK SETUP</p>
<p>STATUS</p>
<p>NETWORK WIRELESS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM</p>
<p>Operation Mode</p>
<p>Please select the proper operation mode according to your needs:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>O Access Point</td>
<td>In this mode, the AP will act as a central hub for different wireless LAN clients. Multi-SSID is also available in this mode, which supports up to 4 different SSIDs and passwords.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>O Client</td>
<td>In client mode, the device can connect to a wired device and work as a wireless adapter to receive wireless signals from your wireless network.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>(•) Repeater</td>
<td>In this mode, the device can copy and reinforce the existing wireless signal to extend the coverage of the signal, especially for a large space to eliminate signal-blind corners.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>O Bridge</td>
<td>Bridge mode borrows existing wireless internet and broadcasts it using a different SSID and password. In this mode, you can set up a wireless client to connect with a root AP and a wireless AP for local wireless coverage.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>O AP Router</td>
<td>In this mode, the device enables multiple users to share the internet The wireless ports share the same IP address as the Ethernet WAN port to connect to the ISP. The wireless port can be regarded as a LAN port while in AP Router mode.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>O AP Client Router (WISP Client)</td>
<td>In this mode, multiple users can share an internet connection provided by a WISP. The LAN port devices share the same IP as that assigned by the WISP to the Wireless port. While connected to a WISP, the wireless port works as a WAN port in AP Client Router mode. The Ethernet port acts as a LAN port</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Next</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark86"></a> In the <strong>LAN Settings </strong>section, specify the LAN IP address and the Subnet Mask for the</li>
</ol>
<p>device. Then, click <em>Next.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="578" class="wp-image-3140" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-33.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 33" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 308" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-33.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-33-300x191.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-33-768x488.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark87"></a> In the <strong>Wireless Client Settings </strong>section, click <em>Survey</em> to search for the upstream wireless network.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="595" class="wp-image-3141" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-34.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 34" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 309" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-34.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-34-300x196.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-34-768x502.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark88"></a> Select the desired wireless network and click <em>Connect.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>There may be two or more networks with the same SSID in the AP list. Click <em>Lock to AP</em> to select the SSID and AP simultaneously, which can make the device connect to the specific AP next time.</p>
<p>STATUS NETWORK WIRELESS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM</p>
<p>QUICK SETUP</p>
<p>Wireless Client Settings</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>BSSID</td>
<td>SSID</td>
<td>MAXtream</td>
<td>Device Name</td>
<td>SNR (dB)</td>
<td>Signal/Noise (dBm)</td>
<td>Channel</td>
<td colspan="2">Security</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>18-A6-F7-41-26-46</td>
<td>daisy 3</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>42</td>
<td>-537-95</td>
<td>5180 (36)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>50-C7-BF-27-7F-6E</td>
<td>SR20_5G</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>50</td>
<td>-457-95</td>
<td>5220 (44)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>50-C7-BF-17-A6-E3</td>
<td>EAP-Show</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>14</td>
<td>-81/-95</td>
<td>5180 (36)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>D4-61-FE-5A-2A-00</td>
<td>das</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>11</td>
<td>-857-96</td>
<td>5180 (36)</td>
<td>WPA-PSK/WPA2</p>
<p>-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>50-C7-BF-48-54-DB</td>
<td>deco</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>35</td>
<td>-61/-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>50-C7-BF-48-57-1F</td>
<td>deco</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>30</td>
<td>-667-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>50-C7-BF-48-57-74</td>
<td>deco</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>47</td>
<td>-497-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>56-C7-BF-48-54-DB</td>
<td></td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>37</td>
<td>-597-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>56-C7-BF-48-57-1F</td>
<td></td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>31</td>
<td>-657-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>56-C7-BF-48-57-74</td>
<td></td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>47</td>
<td>-497-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>WPA-PSK7WPA2</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Back ■ Refresh</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark89"></a> In the <strong>Wireless Client Settings </strong>section, specify the wireless parameters to connect to the specified wireless network. Click <em>Next.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Make sure that <em>Security</em> and <em>PSK Password</em> are the same as the upstream wireless network&#8217;s. Other parameters set in this page and those of the upstream wireless network should be compatible with each other. For details, refer to<a href="#post-3107-bookmark283"> <em>5.</em></a> <a href="#post-3107-bookmark283"><em>Configure the Wireless Parameters</em></a><em>.</em></p>
<p>QUICK SETUP</p>
<p>STATUS</p>
<p>NETWORK</p>
<p>WIRELESS MANAGEMENT</p>
<p>SYSTEM</p>
<p>Wireless Client Settings</p>
<p>SSID of Remote AP: [t200 5G</p>
<p>MAC of Remote AP: 50-C7-BF-01-33-1F</p>
<p>Survey</p>
<p>□ Lock to AP</p>
<p>Region: | United States fl</p>
<p>Mode: 3C2 11aJn fl</p>
<p>WDS: | Auto</p>
<p>Channel Width: 2QM0MHZ fl</p>
<p>Security: |wPA-PSK JWPA2-PSK</p>
<p>PSK Password: | □ Show</p>
<p>We do not recommend using WEP encryption. You can go to WIRELESS page to configure the encryption mode.</p>
<p>Distance Setting: 0</p>
<p>] (0-27.g)km</p>
<p>Back</p>
<p>Next</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark90"></a> In the <strong>Finish </strong>section, review the configurations and click <em>Finish</em> to complete the quick setup.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="604" class="wp-image-3142" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-35.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 35" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 310" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-35.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-35-300x199.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-35-768x510.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<p>7. Connect the device according to your network topology and use it normally.</p>
<p><a id="post-3107-bookmark91"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark92"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark93"></a> Bridge</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Bridge mode is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>Follow the steps below to configure the device as Bridge Mode:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark94"></a> Go to the <strong>QUICK SETUP </strong>page, select <em>Bridge</em> and click <em>Next.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="46" height="54" class="wp-image-3143" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-36.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 36" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 311"></p>
<p><strong>tp-link <em>PHAROS</em></strong></p>
<p>QUICK SETUP</p>
<p>STATUS</p>
<p>About Support Log</p>
<p>Operation Mode: AP Client Router ▼ Tools</p>
<p>NETWORK WIRELESS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM</p>
<p>Operation Mode</p>
<p>Please select the proper operation mode according to your needs:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>O Access Point</td>
<td>In this mode, the AP will act as a central hub for different wireless LAN clients. Multi-SSID is also available in this mode, which supports up to 4 different SSIDs and passwords.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>O Client</td>
<td>In client mode, the device can connect to a wired device and work as a wireless adapter to receive wireless signals from your wireless network.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>O Repeater</td>
<td>In this mode, the device can copy and reinforce the existing wireless signal to extend the coverage of the signal, especially for a large space to eliminate signal-blind corners.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>(S) Bridge</td>
<td>Bridge mode borrows existing wireless internet and broadcasts it using a different SSID and password. In this mode, you can set up a wireless client to connect with a root AP and a wireless AP for local wireless coverage.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>O AP Router</td>
<td>In this mode, the device enables multiple users to share the internet The wireless ports share the same IP address as the Ethernet WAN port to connect to the ISP. The wireless port can be regarded as a LAN port while in AP Router mode.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>O AP Client Router (WISP Client)</td>
<td>In this mode, multiple users can share an internet connection provided by a WISP. The LAN port devices share the same IP as that assigned by the WISP to the Wireless port. While connected to a WISP, the wireless port works as a WAN port in AP Client Router mode. The Ethernet port acts as a LAN port</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Next</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark95"></a> In the <strong>LAN Settings </strong>section, specify the LAN IP address and the Subnet Mask for the</li>
</ol>
<p>device. Then, click <em>Next.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="909" height="572" class="wp-image-3144" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-37.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 37" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 312" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-37.jpeg 909w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-37-300x189.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-37-768x483.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-37-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 909px) 100vw, 909px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark96"></a> In the <strong>Wireless Client Settings </strong>section, click <em>Survey</em> to search for the upstream wireless network.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="618" class="wp-image-3145" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-38.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 38" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 313" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-38.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-38-300x204.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-38-768x522.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark97"></a> Select the desired wireless network and click <em>Connect.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>There may be two or more networks with the same SSID in the AP list. Click <em>Lock to AP</em> to select the SSID and AP simultaneously, which can make the device connect to the specific AP next time.</p>
<p>STATUS NETWORK WIRELESS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM</p>
<p>QUICK SETUP</p>
<p>Wireless Client Settings</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>BSSID</td>
<td>SSID</td>
<td>MAXtream</td>
<td>Device Name</td>
<td>SNR (dB)</td>
<td>Signal/Noise (dBm)</td>
<td>Channel</td>
<td colspan="2">Security</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>18-A6-F7-41-26-46</td>
<td>daisy 3</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>42</td>
<td>-537-95</td>
<td>5180 (36)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>50-C7-BF-27-7F-6E</td>
<td>SR20_5G</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>50</td>
<td>-457-95</td>
<td>5220 (44)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>50-C7-BF-17-A6-E3</td>
<td>EAP-Show</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>14</td>
<td>-81/-95</td>
<td>5180 (36)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>D4-61-FE-5A-2A-00</td>
<td>das</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>11</td>
<td>-857-96</td>
<td>5180 (36)</td>
<td>WPA-PSK/WPA2 -PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>50-C7-BF-48-54-DB</td>
<td>deco</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>35</td>
<td>-61/-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>50-C7-BF-48-57-1F</td>
<td>deco</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>30</td>
<td>-667-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>50-C7-BF-48-57-74</td>
<td>deco</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>47</td>
<td>-497-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>56-C7-BF-48-54-DB</td>
<td></td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>37</td>
<td>-597-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>56-C7-BF-48-57-1F</td>
<td></td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>31</td>
<td>-657-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>56-C7-BF-48-57-74</td>
<td></td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>47</td>
<td>-497-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>WPA-PSK7WPA2</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Back ■ Refresh</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark98"></a> In the <strong>Wireless Client Settings </strong>section, specify the wireless parameters to connect to the specified wireless network. Click <em>Next.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Make sure that the <em>Security</em> and <em>PSK Password</em> are the same as the upstream wireless network&#8217;s. Other parameters set in this page and those of the upstream wireless network should be compatible with each other. For details, refer to<a href="#post-3107-bookmark283"> <em>5.</em></a> <a href="#post-3107-bookmark283"><em>Configure the Wireless Parameters</em></a><em>.</em></p>
<p>QUICK SETUP</p>
<p>STATUS</p>
<p>NETWORK</p>
<p>WIRELESS MANAGEMENT</p>
<p>SYSTEM</p>
<p>Wireless Client Settings</p>
<p>SSID of Remote AP: [t200 5G</p>
<p>MAC of Remote AP: 50-C7-BF-01-33-1F</p>
<p>Survey</p>
<p>□ Lock to AP</p>
<p>Region: | United States fl</p>
<p>Mode: 3C2 11aJn fl</p>
<p>WDS: | Auto</p>
<p>Channel Width: 2QM0MHZ fl</p>
<p>Security: |wPA-PSK JWPA2-PSK</p>
<p>PSK Password: | □ Show</p>
<p>We do not recommend using WEP encryption. You can go to WIRELESS page to configure the encryption mode.</p>
<p>Distance Setting: 0</p>
<p>] (0-27.g)km</p>
<p>Back</p>
<p>Next</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark99"></a> In the <strong>Wireless AP Settings </strong>section, specify the parameters to create a new wireless network for the downstream clients. Click <em>Next.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="611" class="wp-image-3146" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-39.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 39" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 314" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-39.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-39-300x201.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-39-768x516.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark100"></a> In the <strong>Finish </strong>section, review the configurations and click <em>Finish</em> to complete the quick setup.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="606" class="wp-image-3147" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-40.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 40" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 315" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-40.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-40-300x200.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-40-768x511.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-40-600x400.jpeg 600w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<p>8. Connect the device according to your network topology and use it normally.</p>
<p><a id="post-3107-bookmark101"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark102"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark103"></a> AP Router</p>
<p>Follow the steps below to configure the device as AP Router Mode:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark104"></a> Go to the <strong>QUICK SETUP </strong>page, select <em>AP Router</em> and click <em>Next.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="46" height="54" class="wp-image-3148" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-41.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 41" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 316"></p>
<p><strong>tp-link <em>PHAROS</em></strong></p>
<p>QUICK SETUP</p>
<p>STATUS</p>
<p>About Support Log</p>
<p>Operation Mode: AP Client Router ▼ Tools</p>
<p>NETWORK WIRELESS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM</p>
<p>Operation Mode</p>
<p>Please select the proper operation mode according to your needs:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>O Access Point</td>
<td>In this mode, the AP will act as a central hub for different wireless LAN clients. Multi-SSID is also available in this mode, which supports up to 4 different SSIDs and passwords.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>O Client</td>
<td>In client mode, the device can connect to a wired device and work as a wireless adapter to receive wireless signals from your wireless network.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>O Repeater</td>
<td>In this mode, the device can copy and reinforce the existing wireless signal to extend the coverage of the signal, especially for a large space to eliminate signal-blind corners.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>O Bridge</td>
<td>Bridge mode borrows existing wireless internet and broadcasts it using a different SSID and password. In this mode, you can set up a wireless client to connect with a root AP and a wireless AP for local wireless coverage.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>(•) AP Router</td>
<td>In this mode, the device enables multiple users to share the internet The wireless ports share the same IP address as the Ethernet WAN port to connect to the ISP The wireless port can be regarded as a LAN port while in AP Router mode.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>O AP Client Router (WISP Client)</td>
<td>In this mode, multiple users can share an internet connection provided by a WISP. The LAN port devices share the same IP as that assigned by the WISP to the Wireless port. While connected to a WISP, the wireless port works as a WAN port in AP Client Router mode. The Ethernet port acts as a LAN port</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Next</p>
<p>The following window will pop up. Click Yes.</p>
<p>• For devices with one Ethernet port.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="911" height="181" class="wp-image-3149" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-42.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 42" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 317" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-42.jpeg 911w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-42-300x60.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-42-768x153.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 911px) 100vw, 911px" /></p>
<p>Note that if you select AP Router as the operation mode, the status of Port0 will change to WAN, and the management access will be disabled on this port after the process of quick setup. If you want to manage the device through Port0, configure the Remote Login IP Address. For details, refer to<a href="#post-3107-bookmark341"> <em>6.5. Configure Web Server</em></a><em>.</em></p>
<p>For devices with two Ethernet ports.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="911" height="214" class="wp-image-3150" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-43.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 43" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 318" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-43.jpeg 911w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-43-300x70.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-43-768x180.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 911px) 100vw, 911px" /></p>
<p>Note that if you select AP Router as the operation mode, the status of Port0 will change to WAN, and the management access will be disabled on this port after the process of quick setup. You can connect to the Port1 of the device or wirelessly to manage it. If your want to manage the device through Port0, configure the Remote Login IP Address. For details, refer to<a href="#post-3107-bookmark341"> <em>6.5. Configure</em></a> <a href="#post-3107-bookmark341"><em>Web Server</em></a><em>.</em></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark105"></a> In the <strong>WAN Connection Type </strong>section, specify the connection type according to your need and click <em>Next.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="602" class="wp-image-3151" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-44.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 44" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 319" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-44.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-44-300x198.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-44-768x508.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<p>The device supports three types of the WAN connection, including <em>PPPoE, Dynamic IP</em> and <em>Static IP.</em> Contact your ISP to confirm your WAN connection type.</p>
<p>■ <strong>PPPoE</strong></p>
<p>Select <em>PPPoE</em> and click <em>Next,</em> then the following page will appear. In the <strong>WAN Settings </strong>section, specify the parameters that are provided by your ISP and click <em>Next.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="606" class="wp-image-3152" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-45.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 45" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 320" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-45.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-45-300x200.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-45-768x511.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-45-600x400.jpeg 600w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<p>■ <strong>Dynamic IP</strong></p>
<p>Select <em>Dynamic IP</em> and click <em>Next.</em> In this type, the device will obtain a WAN connection automatically without any WAN configurations.</p>
<p>■ <strong>Static IP</strong></p>
<p>Select <em>Static IP</em> and click <em>Next,</em> then the following page will appear. In the <strong>WAN Settings </strong>section, specify the parameters that are provided by your ISP and click <em>Next.</em></p>
<p>STATUS NETWORK WIRELESS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM</p>
<p>QUICK SETUP</p>
<p>WAN Settings</p>
<p>IP Address: 10.0.0.0</p>
<p>Subnet Mask: 10.0.0.0</p>
<p>Default Gateway: 10.0.0.0</p>
<p>Primary DNS: 0.0.0 0</p>
<p>Secondary DNS: [ 0.0.0.0</p>
<p>] (Optional)</p>
<p>Back Next</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark106"></a> In the <strong>Wireless AP Settings </strong>section, specify the basic wireless parameters to create a wireless network. Click <em>Next.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>• It is recommended to specify <em>Security</em> as <strong>WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK </strong>for the network security.</p>
<p>• You can keep the default settings or specify the parameters according to your need. For details, refer to<a href="#post-3107-bookmark283"> <em>5. Configure the Wireless Parameters</em></a><em>.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="613" class="wp-image-3153" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-46.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 46" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 321" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-46.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-46-300x202.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-46-768x517.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark107"></a> In the <strong>Finish </strong>section, review the configurations and click <em>Finish</em> to complete the quick setup.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="602" class="wp-image-3154" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-47.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 47" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 322" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-47.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-47-300x198.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-47-768x508.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<p>5. Connect the device according to your network topology and use it normally.</p>
<p><a id="post-3107-bookmark108"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark109"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark110"></a> AP Client Router (WISP Client)</p>
<p>Follow the steps below to configure the device as AP Client Router (WISP Client) Mode:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark111"></a> Go to the <strong>QUICK SETUP </strong>page, select <em>AP Client Router (WISP Client)</em> and click <em>Next.</em></li>
</ol>
<p>About Support Log</p>
<p><strong>q^tp-link <em>PHAROS</em></strong></p>
<p>Operation Mode: AP Client Router ▼ Tools</p>
<p>QUICK SETUP</p>
<p>STATUS</p>
<p>NETWORK WIRELESS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM</p>
<p>Operation Mode</p>
<p>Please select the proper operation mode according to your needs:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>O Access Point</td>
<td>In this mode, the AP will act as a central hub for different wireless LAN clients. Multi-SSID is also available in this mode, which supports up to 4 different SSIDs and passwords.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>O Client</td>
<td>In client mode, the device can connect to a wired device and work as a wireless adapter to receive wireless signals from your wireless network.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>O Repeater</td>
<td>In this mode, the device can copy and reinforce the existing wireless signal to extend the coverage of the signal, especially for a large space to eliminate signal-blind corners.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>O Bridge</td>
<td>Bridge mode borrows existing wireless internet and broadcasts it using a different SSID and password. In this mode, you can set up a wireless client to connect with a root AP and a wireless AP for local wireless coverage.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>O AP Router</td>
<td>In this mode, the device enables multiple users to share the internet The wireless ports share the same IP address as the Ethernet WAN port to connect to the ISP. The wireless port can be regarded as a LAN port while in AP Router mode.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>@ AP Client Router (WISP Client)</td>
<td>In this mode, multiple users can share an internet connection provided by a WISP. The LAN port devices share the same IP as that assigned by the WISP to the Wireless port. While connected to a WISP, the wireless port works as a WAN port in AP Client Router mode. The Ethernet port acts as a LAN port</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Next</p>
<p>The following window will pop up. Click <em>Yes</em>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="181" class="wp-image-3155" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-48.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 48" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 323" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-48.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-48-300x60.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-48-768x153.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<p>Note that if you select AP Client Router (WISP Client) as the operation mode, you will not access the device through the WISP network after the process of quick setup. You can connect to the port of the device or wirelessly to manage it. If you want to manage the device through the WISP network, configure the Remote Login IP Address. For details, refer to<a href="#post-3107-bookmark341"> <em>6.5. Configure Web Server</em></a><em>.</em></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark112"></a> In the <strong>WAN Connection Type </strong>section, choose the connection type according to your need and click <em>Next.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="593" class="wp-image-3156" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-49.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 49" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 324" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-49.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-49-300x195.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-49-768x500.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<p>The device supports <em>PPPoE, Dynamic IP</em> and <em>Static IP</em> for the WAN connection. Contact your ISP to confirm your WAN connection type.</p>
<p>■ <strong>PPPoE</strong></p>
<p>Select <em>PPPoE</em> and click <em>Next,</em> then the following page will appear. In the <strong>WAN Settings </strong>section, specify the parameters that are provided by your ISP and click <em>Next.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="606" class="wp-image-3157" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-50.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 50" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 325" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-50.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-50-300x200.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-50-768x511.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-50-600x400.jpeg 600w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<p>■ <strong>Dynamic IP</strong></p>
<p>Select <em>Dynamic IP</em> and click <em>Next.</em> In this type, the device will obtain a WAN connection automatically without any WAN configurations.</p>
<p>■ <strong>Static IP</strong></p>
<p>Select <em>Static IP</em> and click <em>Next,</em> then the following page will appear. In the <strong>WAN Settings </strong>section, specify the parameters that are provided by your ISP and click <em>Next.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="604" class="wp-image-3158" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-51.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 51" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 326" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-51.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-51-300x199.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-51-768x510.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark113"></a> In the <strong>Wireless Client Settings </strong>section, click <em>Survey</em> to search for the upstream wireless network.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="617" class="wp-image-3159" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-52.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 52" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 327" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-52.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-52-300x203.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-52-768x521.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark114"></a> Select the desired wireless network and click <em>Connect.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>There may be two or more networks with the same SSID in the AP list. Click <em>Lock to AP</em> to select the SSID and AP simultaneously, which can make the device connect to the specific AP next time.</p>
<p>QUICK SETUP</p>
<p>STATUS</p>
<p>NETWORK</p>
<p>WIRELESS MANAGEMENT</p>
<p>SYSTEM</p>
<p>Wireless Client Settings</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>BSSID</td>
<td>SSID</td>
<td>MAXtream</td>
<td>Device Name</td>
<td>SNR (dB)</td>
<td>Signal/Noise (dBm)</td>
<td>Channel</td>
<td colspan="2">Security</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>18-A6-F7-41-26-46</td>
<td>daisy 3</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>42</td>
<td>-537-95</td>
<td>5180 (36)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>50-C7-BF-27-7F-6E</td>
<td>SR20_5G</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>50</td>
<td>-457-95</td>
<td>5220 (44)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>50-C7-BF-17-A6-E3</td>
<td>EAP-Show</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>14</td>
<td>-81/-95</td>
<td>5180 (36)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>D4-61-FE-5A-2A-00</td>
<td>das</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>11</td>
<td>-857-96</td>
<td>5180 (36)</td>
<td>WPA-PSK/WPA2 -PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>50-C7-BF-48-54-DB</td>
<td>deco</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>35</td>
<td>-61/-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>50-C7-BF-48-57-1F</td>
<td>deco</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>30</td>
<td>-667-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>50-C7-BF-48-57-74</td>
<td>deco</td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>47</td>
<td>-497-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>56-C7-BF-48-54-DB</td>
<td></td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>37</td>
<td>-597-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>56-C7-BF-48-57-1F</td>
<td></td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>31</td>
<td>-657-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>56-C7-BF-48-57-74</td>
<td></td>
<td>No</td>
<td></td>
<td>47</td>
<td>-497-96</td>
<td>5200 (40)</td>
<td>WPA2-PSK</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>WPA-PSK/WPA2</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Back</strong></p>
<p>Refresh</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark115"></a> In the <strong>Wireless Client Settings </strong>section, specify the wireless parameters to connect to the specified wireless network. Click <em>Next.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Make sure that <em>Security</em> and <em>PSK Password</em> are the same as the upstream wireless network&#8217;s. Other parameters set in this page and those of the upstream wireless network should be compatible with each other. For details, refer to<a href="#post-3107-bookmark283"> <em>5.</em></a> <a href="#post-3107-bookmark283"><em>Configure the Wireless Parameters</em></a><em>.</em></p>
<p>QUICK SETUP</p>
<p>STATUS</p>
<p>NETWORK</p>
<p>WIRELESS MANAGEMENT</p>
<p>SYSTEM</p>
<p>Wireless Client Settings</p>
<p>SSID of Remote AP: [t200 5G</p>
<p>MAC of Remote AP: 50-C7-BF-01-33-1F</p>
<p>Survey</p>
<p>□ Lock to AP</p>
<p>Region: | United States fl</p>
<p>Mode: 3C2 11aJn fl</p>
<p>WDS: | Auto</p>
<p>Channel Width: 2QM0MHZ fl</p>
<p>Security: |wPA-PSK JWPA2-PSK</p>
<p>PSK Password: | □ Show</p>
<p>We do not recommend using WEP encryption. You can go to WIRELESS page to configure the encryption mode.</p>
<p>Distance Setting: 0</p>
<p>] (0-27.g)km</p>
<p>Back</p>
<p>Next</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark116"></a> In the <strong>Wireless AP Settings </strong>section, specify the parameters to create a new wireless network for the downstream clients. Click <em>Next.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="611" class="wp-image-3160" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-53.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 53" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 328" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-53.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-53-300x201.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-53-768x516.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark117"></a> In the <strong>Finish </strong>section, review the configurations and click <em>Finish</em> to complete the quick setup.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="604" class="wp-image-3161" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-54.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 54" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 329" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-54.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-54-300x199.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-54-768x510.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<p>8. Connect the device according to your network topology and use it normally.</p>
<p><a id="post-3107-bookmark122"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark123"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark124"></a> Monitor the Network</p>
<p>This chapter introduces how to monitor the running status and statistics of the wireless network, including:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark125"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark138"><em>View the Device Information</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark126"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark143"><em>View the Wireless Settings</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark127"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark148"><em>View Wireless Signal Quality</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark128"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark118"><em>View Radio Status</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark129"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark153"><em>View the LAN Settings</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark130"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark158"><em>View the WAN Settings</em></a></li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-3107-bookmark131"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark163"><em>37 Monitor Throughput</em></a></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark132"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark168"><em>Monitor Stations</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark133"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark173"><em>Monitor Interfaces</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark134"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark178"><em>Monitor ARP Table</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark135"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark183"><em>Monitor Routes</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark136"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark188"><em>Monitor DHCP Clients</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark137"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark193"><em>Monitor Dynamic WAN</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark138"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark139"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark140"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark141"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark142"></a> View the Device Information</li>
</ol>
<p>Go to the <strong>STATUS </strong>page. In the <strong>Device Information </strong>section, view the basic information of the device. To configure the device information, refer to<a href="#post-3107-bookmark349"> <em>7. Configure the System</em></a><em>.</em></p>
<p>Device Information</p>
<p>Device Name: CPE 510</p>
<p>Device Model: CPE510 v30</p>
<p>Firmware Version: 2.0 0 Build 20160908 Rel. 36610 (5553)</p>
<p>System Time: 2015-01-01 04:37:41</p>
<p>Uptime: 0 days 04:37:43</p>
<p>CPU: I 1%</p>
<p>Memory: 53%</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Device Name</td>
<td>Displays the name of the device. By default, it is the product model.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Device Model</td>
<td>Displays the product model and the hardware version of the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Firmware</p>
<p>Version</td>
<td>Displays the current firmware version of the device.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>System Time</td>
<td>Displays the current system time.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Uptime</td>
<td>Displays the running time of the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CPU</td>
<td>Displays the CPU occupancy.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Memory</p>
<p>Displays the memory occupancy.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark143"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark144"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark145"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark146"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark147"></a> View the Wireless Settings</li>
</ol>
<p>Go to the <strong>STATUS </strong>page. In the <strong>Wireless Settings </strong>section, view the parameters of the wireless network created by the device. To configure the parameters, refer to<a href="#post-3107-bookmark283"> <em>5. Configure</em></a> <a href="#post-3107-bookmark283"><em>the Wireless Parameters</em></a><em>.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="544" height="328" class="wp-image-3162" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-55.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 55" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 330" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-55.jpeg 544w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-55-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 544px) 100vw, 544px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>MAXtream</td>
<td><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>MAXtream is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</li>
<li>MAXtream Technology is only compatible with Pharos series products. Working with products from other manufacturer will cause network fault.</li>
</ul>
<p>Displays the status of the MAXtream function. This function is only available in Access Point Mode and AP Router Mode. MAXtream is a TP-Link proprietary technology. It is based on TDMA (Time Division Multiple Access) so that data streams are transmitted in their own time slots. MAXtream aims to maximize throughput and minimize latency. &#8220;Hidden nodes&#8221; problem can also be eliminated with MAXtream enabled.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Region</td>
<td>Displays the region where you use the device. Available channels and maximum Transmit Power will be determined by the selected region according to the local laws and regulations.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel/ Frequency</td>
<td>Displays the channel and frequency which are currently used by the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel Width</td>
<td>Displays the channel width which is currently used by the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IEEE802.11</p>
<p>Mode</td>
<td>Displays the IEEE802.11 protocol currently used by the device.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Max TX Rate</td>
<td>Displays the maximum data rate of the device during the sending of the wireless packets.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Antenna</td>
<td>Displays the antenna that you use.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Transmit Power</td>
<td>Displays the transmit power which is currently used by the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Distance</td>
<td>Displays the wireless coverage distance. In the coverage of the device, the clients can be placed to get good wireless performance.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark148"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark149"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark150"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark151"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark152"></a> View Wireless Signal Quality</li>
</ol>
<p>Go to the <strong>STATUS </strong>page. In the <strong>Wireless Signal Quality </strong>section, view the current signal quality of the upstream wireless network. It is only applicable for the Client, Repeater, Bridge and AP Client Router (WISP Client) Modes.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="596" height="188" class="wp-image-3163" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-56.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 56" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 331" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-56.jpeg 596w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-56-300x95.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 596px) 100vw, 596px" /></p>
<p>Signal Strength Displays the received wireless signal strength of the root AP. There are two display modes. Values of the two chains are displyed separately in Horizontal/Vertical Mode, and together in Combined Mode. You can switch between display modes by clicking on it.</p>
<p>Noise Strength Displays the received environmental noise from wireless interference on the operating frequency.</p>
<p>SNR Displays the Signal to Noise Ratio (SNR) of the device. SNR refers to</p>
<p>the power ratio between the received wireless signal strength and the environmental noise strength. The larger SNR value is, the better network performance the device can provide.</p>
<p>Transmit CCQ Displays the wireless Client Connection Quality (CCQ). CCQ refers to the ratio of effective transmission bandwidth and the actual total bandwidth. It reflects the quality of the actual link. A larger value means a better utilization of the bandwidth.</p>
<p>3.4</p>
<p><a id="post-3107-bookmark118"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark119"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark120"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark121"></a> View Radio Status</p>
<p>Go to the <strong>STATUS </strong>page. In the <strong>Radio Status </strong>section, view the radio status of the device.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="544" height="610" class="wp-image-3164" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-57.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 57" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 332" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-57.jpeg 544w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-57-268x300.jpeg 268w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 544px) 100vw, 544px" /></p>
<p>AP Status.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>AP</td>
<td>Displays the status of the wireless AP function. With this enabled, the device can provide a wireless network for the clients. By default, it is enabled in Access Point, Repeater, Bridge, AP Router and AP Client Router Modes and disabled in Client Mode.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>MAC Address</td>
<td>Displays the MAC address of the wireless interface connected to the clients.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>SSID</td>
<td>Displays the wireless network name (SSID) created by the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Security Mode</td>
<td><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>WEP is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>Displays the security mode you&#8217;ve selected for your wireless network. There are three security modes: WPA-PSK, WPA and WEP. None means that no security mode is selected and all the hosts are allowed to access the wireless network directly. The security mode which is set on the clients should be the same as that on this device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Connected</p>
<p>Stations</td>
<td>Displays the number of the connected stations.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Client Status.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Client</td>
<td>Displays the status of the wireless client function. With this function enabled, the device can connect to the root AP through wireless connection. By default, it is enabled in Client, Repeater, Bridge and AP Client Router Modes and disabled in Access Point and AP Router Modes.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>MAC Address</td>
<td>Displays the MAC address of the wireless interface connected to the root AP.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Security Mode</td>
<td><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>WEP is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>Displays the security mode you&#8217;ve selected for your wireless network. There are three security modes: WPA-PSK, WPA and WEP. None means that no security mode is selected and all the hosts are allowed to access the wireless network directly. The security mode which is set on the device should be the same as that on the root AP.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="544" height="264" class="wp-image-3165" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-58.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 58" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 333" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-58.jpeg 544w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-58-300x146.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 544px) 100vw, 544px" /></p>
<p>WDS</p>
<p>Displays the status of the WDS (Wireless Distribution System) function. WDS is a communication system among multiple wireless networks . It is established between APs through wireless connection. WDS is used during the connection process between the device and the root AP.</p>
<p><strong>Enable: </strong>Forward data frames using four address fields.</p>
<p><strong>Disable: </strong>Forward data frames using three address fields.</p>
<p><strong>Auto: </strong>The device automatically negotiates the wireless data frame structure (three or four address fields) with the root AP. The selection of Auto is recommended.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Root AP BSSID</td>
<td>Displays the BSSID (Basic Service Set ID) of the root AP. BSSID is used to identify a BSS. Each BSS has its own BSSID. The BSSID is decided by the manufacturers, and it is usually related to the device&#8217;s MAC address.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Root AP SSID</td>
<td>Displays the wireless network name of the root AP.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>TX Rate</td>
<td>Displays the data rate of the device during the sending of the wireless packets.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RX Rate</td>
<td>Displays the data rate of the device during the receiving of the wireless packets.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Connection</p>
<p>Time</td>
<td>Displays the amount of time the device has been connected to the root AP.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark153"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark154"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark155"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark156"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark157"></a> View the LAN Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Go to the <strong>STATUS </strong>page. In the <strong>LAN </strong>section, view the LAN information of the device. To configure the LAN settings, refer to <a href="#post-3107-bookmark198"><em>4. Configure the Network</em></a><em>.</em></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>MAC Address</td>
<td>Displays the LAN port MAC address of the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IP Address</td>
<td>Displays the LAN port IP address of the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Subnet Mask</td>
<td>Displays the subnet mask of the LAN.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Displays the current status of the LAN Ethernet port connections and the Maximum transmission rate of the plugged port.</p>
<p>Port</p>
<p>IPv6 IP Address/Prefix Displays the LAN port IPv6 address and prefix of the device.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark158"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark159"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark160"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark161"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark162"></a> View the WAN Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="544" height="413" class="wp-image-3166" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-59.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 59" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 334" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-59.jpeg 544w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-59-300x228.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 544px) 100vw, 544px" /> Go to the <strong>STATUS </strong>page. In the <strong>WAN </strong>section, view the WAN information of the device. To configure the WAN settings, refer to <a href="#post-3107-bookmark198"><em>4. Configure the Network</em></a><em>.</em></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Connection Type</td>
<td>Displays the connection type of the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>MAC Address</td>
<td>Displays the MAC address of the wireless interface connected to the root AP.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IP Address</td>
<td>Displays the IP address of the wireless interface connected to the root AP.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Subnet Mask</td>
<td>Displays the subnet mask of the wireless interface connected to the root AP.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Default Gateway</td>
<td>Displays the default gateway.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>DNS Server</td>
<td>Displays the DNS server.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IPv6 IP Address/Prefix</td>
<td>Displays the WAN port IPv6 address and prefix of the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IPv6 Gateway</td>
<td>Displays the default IPv6 gateway.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IPv6 DNS</td>
<td>Displays the IPv6 DNS server.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark163"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark164"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark165"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark166"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark167"></a> Monitor Throughput</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Go to the <strong>STATUS </strong>page. In the <strong>Monitor </strong>section, select <em>Throughput</em> and monitor the current data traffic of specified interfaces including LAN, WAN, WLAN, WWAN and BRIDGE. Note that the interfaces which you can monitor are different among different operation modes.</p>
<p>Monitor</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="902" height="313" class="wp-image-3167" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-60.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 60" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 335" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-60.jpeg 902w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-60-300x104.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-60-768x267.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 902px) 100vw, 902px" /></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark168"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark169"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark170"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark171"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark172"></a> Monitor Stations</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Go to the <strong>STATUS </strong>page. In the <strong>Monitor </strong>section, select <em>Stations</em> and monitor the information of all the stations that are connected to the device.</p>
<p>Monitor</p>
<p>Throughput Stations Interfaces ARP Table Routes DHCP Clients Dynamic WAN</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>MAC Address</td>
<td>Device Name</td>
<td>Associated</p>
<p>SSID</td>
<td>Signal / Noise(dBm) ChainO/Chainl</td>
<td>CCQ</p>
<p>(%)</td>
<td>Negotiated Rate (Mbps)</td>
<td>Data TX / RX (kbps)</td>
<td>Distance (km)</td>
<td>IP Address</td>
<td>Connection Time</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>E4-B2-FB-7B-02-7F</td>
<td>CPE 510</td>
<td>TP-Link_Outdoo r_EF44BC</td>
<td>-44/-34.-90/-90</td>
<td>93</td>
<td>300.0</td>
<td>169/3962</td>
<td>0.00</td>
<td>192.168.0.100</td>
<td>0 days 00:04:01</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>&lt; Auto Refresh</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>MAC Address</td>
<td>Displays the MAC address of the station.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Device Name</td>
<td>Displays the device name of the station.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Associated</p>
<p>SSID</td>
<td>Displays the SSID that the station is connected to.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Signal/Noise (dBm)</td>
<td>Displays the signal strength and the noise strength of the wireless network. There are two display modes. Values of the two chains are displayed separately in Chain0/Chain1 Mode, and together in Combined Mode. You can switch between display modes by clicking on it.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>CCQ (%)</p>
<p>Displays the wireless Client Connection Quality (CCQ). CCQ refers to the ratio of effective transmission bandwidth and the actual total bandwidth. It reflects the quality of the actual link. A larger value means a better utilization of the bandwidth.</p>
<p>Negotiated Rate Displays the negotiated rates of the packets which the device transmits to</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Data TX/RX (kbps)</td>
<td>Displays the data rates of the last transmitted and received packets. TX means that the device transmits data to the station, while RX means that the device receives data from the station.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Distance (km)</td>
<td>Displays the distance between the device and the station.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IP Address</td>
<td>Displays the IP address of the station.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Connection</p>
<p>Time</td>
<td>Displays the connection duration.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><sup>(Mbps)</sup> the station.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Auto Refresh</td>
<td>Enable or disable Auto Refresh. With this feature enabled, the table will refresh automatically.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Click the MAC Address of a station to view the detailed information.</p>
<p>Station E4-B2-FB-7B-02-7F</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Device Name:</td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2">Negotiated Rate Last Signal. dBm</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Product:</td>
<td></td>
<td>6.0Mbps</td>
<td>N/A</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Firmware:</td>
<td></td>
<td>9.0Mbps</td>
<td>N/A</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Connection Time:</td>
<td>00:10:30</td>
<td>12.0Mbps</td>
<td>N/A</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RX Signal:</td>
<td>-33 dBm</td>
<td>18.0Mbps</td>
<td>N/A</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td rowspan="2">24.0Mbps</td>
<td>-33</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Noise Floor:</td>
<td rowspan="2">-90 dBm</td>
<td rowspan="2">N/A</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">36.0Mbps</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CCQ:</td>
<td>100%</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>48.0Mbps</td>
<td>N/A</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Last IP:</td>
<td>192.1680 101</td>
<td>54.0Mbps</td>
<td>N/A</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>TX/RX Rate:</td>
<td>300.0Mbps/24.0Mbps</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>TX/RX Bit Rate:</td>
<td>0.00kbps /0.00kbps</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>TX/RX Packets:</td>
<td>553/2241</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>TX/RX Packets Rate.pps:</td>
<td>0/0</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Bytes Transmitted:</td>
<td>87653 (85.60kBytes)</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Bytes Received:</td>
<td>169733 (165.75kBytes)</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Refresh</p>
<p>Device Name Displays the device name of the station.</p>
<p>Product</p>
<p>Displays the product name of the station.</p>
<p>Firmware Displays the firmware version of the station.</p>
<p>Connection Time Displays the connection duration.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Noise Floor</td>
<td>Displays the noise strength of the wireless network.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CCQ</td>
<td>Displays the wireless Client Connection Quality (CCQ). CCQ refers to the ratio of effective transmission bandwidth and the actual total bandwidth. It reflects the quality of the actual link. A larger value means a better utilization of the bandwidth.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Last IP</td>
<td>Displays the IP address of the station.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>TX/RX Rate</td>
<td>Displays the negotiated rates of the transmitted and received packets. TX means that the device transmits data to the station, while RX means that the device receives data from the station.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>TX/RX Bit Rate</td>
<td>Displays the data rates of the last transmitted and received packets. TX means that the device transmits data to the station, while RX means that the device receives data from the station.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>TX/RX Packets</td>
<td>Displays the total number of the transmitted and received packets. TX means that the device transmits data to the station, while RX means that the device receives data from the station.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>TX/RX Packets Rate, pps</td>
<td>Displays the packet rates of the transmitted and received packets. TX means that the device transmits data to the station, while RX means that the device receives data from the station.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Bytes</p>
<p>Transmitted</td>
<td>Displays the total amount of data which the device transmits to the station.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Bytes Received</td>
<td>Displays the total amount of data which the device receives from the station.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Negotiated Rate</td>
<td>Displays the possible negotiated rates of the packets which the device receives from the station.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Last Signal, dBm</td>
<td>Displays the signal strength of the last packet which the device receives from the station at the corresponding negotiated rate.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>RX Signal</p>
<p>Displays the signal strength of the wireless network.</p>
<p>Click the IP Address of a station to access the web management page of the station.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark173"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark174"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark175"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark176"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark177"></a> Monitor Interfaces</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Go to the <strong>STATUS </strong>page. In the <strong>Monitor </strong>section, select <em>Interfaces</em> and monitor the relevant information of the interfaces.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Throughput Stations Interfaces</td>
<td>ARP Table</td>
<td colspan="2">Routes DHCP Clients</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Interface</td>
<td>MAC</td>
<td>IP Address</td>
<td>MTU</td>
<td>RX Packets</td>
<td>RX Bytes</td>
<td>TX packets</td>
<td>TX Bytes</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>LANO</td>
<td>30-B5-C2-BD-20-CC</td>
<td>o.o.o.o</td>
<td>1500</td>
<td>0</td>
<td>0</td>
<td>0</td>
<td>0</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>LAN1</td>
<td>30-B5-C2-BD-20-CC</td>
<td>o.o.o.o</p>
<p>fe80::203:7fff:feff:fffe/64</td>
<td>1500</td>
<td>40336</td>
<td>5M</td>
<td>13691</td>
<td>4M</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>BRIDGE</td>
<td>30-B5-C2-BD-20-CC</td>
<td>192.168.0.251 fe80::32b5:c2ff:febd:20cc/64</td>
<td>1500</td>
<td>40245</td>
<td>4M</td>
<td>13697</td>
<td>3M</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>WLANO</td>
<td>30-B5-C2-BD-20-CC</td>
<td>O.O.O.O fe80::32b5:c2ff:febd:20cc/64</td>
<td>1500</td>
<td>0</td>
<td>0</td>
<td>0</td>
<td>0</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="8">Auto Refresh</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Interface</td>
<td>Displays the interface of the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>MAC</td>
<td>Displays the MAC address of the interface.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IP Address</td>
<td>Displays the IP address and IPv6 address of the interface.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>MTU</td>
<td>Displays the Maximum Transmission Unit (MTU) of the interface. It is the maximum packet size (in bytes) that the interface can transmit.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RX packets</td>
<td>Displays the total amount of packets received by the interface after the device is powered on.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RX Bytes</td>
<td>Displays the total amount of data (in bytes) received by the interface after the device is powered on.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>TX packets</td>
<td>Displays the total amount of packets sent by the interface after the device is powered on.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>TX Bytes</td>
<td>Displays the total amount of data (in bytes) sent by the interface after the device is powered on.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Auto Refresh</td>
<td>Enable or disable Auto Refresh. With this feature enabled, the table will refresh automatically.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark178"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark179"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark180"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark181"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark182"></a> Monitor ARP Table</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Go to the <strong>STATUS </strong>page. In the <strong>Monitor </strong>section, select <em>ARP Table</em> and monitor the ARP (Address Resolution Protocol) information recorded by the device.</p>
<p>ARP is used to associate each IP address to the unique hardware MAC address of each device on the network.</p>
<p>Monitor</p>
<p>Throughput Stations Interfaces ARP Table Routes DHCP Clients</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>IP Address</td>
<td>MAC</td>
<td>Interface</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>192.168.0.200</td>
<td>00-19-66-35-E1-B0</td>
<td>BRIDGE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>192.168.0.16</td>
<td>00-0A-EB-13-23-7B</td>
<td>BRIDGE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>192.168.0.61</td>
<td>F4-F2-6D-C 3-28-62</td>
<td>BRIDGE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>169.254.60.119</td>
<td>DC-9B-9C-D 3-17-61</td>
<td>BRIDGE</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Z Auto Refresh</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>IP Address</td>
<td>Displays the IP address of the corresponding ARP entry.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>MAC</td>
<td>Displays the MAC address of the corresponding ARP entry.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Interface</td>
<td>Displays the interface connected to the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Auto Refresh</td>
<td>Enable or disable Auto Refresh. With this feature enabled, the table will refresh automatically.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark183"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark184"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark185"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark186"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark187"></a> Monitor Routes</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Go to the <strong>STATUS </strong>page. In the <strong>Monitor </strong>section, select <em>Routes</em> and monitor the routing entries recorded by the device in the Routing table. Routing table is used for the device to decide the interface to forward the packets. You can enable or disable <em>Auto Refresh.</em> With this feature enabled, the table will refresh automatically.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="939" height="324" class="wp-image-3168" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-61.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 61" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 336" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-61.jpeg 939w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-61-300x104.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-61-768x265.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 939px) 100vw, 939px" /></p>
<p>IPv4 Routes</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Destination</td>
<td>Displays the IP address of the destination device or destination network.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Gateway</td>
<td>Displays the IP address of the appropriate gateway.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>SubnetMask</td>
<td>Displays the Subnet Mask of the destination network.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Displays the interface that the destination device is on.</p>
<p>Interface</p>
<p>IPv6 Routes</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Destination</td>
<td>Displays the IPv6 address of the destination device or destination network.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Gateway</td>
<td>Displays the IPv6 address of the appropriate gateway.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Interface</td>
<td>Displays the interface that the destination device is on.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark188"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark189"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark190"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark191"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark192"></a> Monitor DHCP Clients</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Go to the <strong>STATUS </strong>page. In the <strong>Monitor </strong>section, select <em>DHCP Clients</em> and monitor the information of all the DHCP clients.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Throughput Stations Interfaces</strong></td>
<td><strong>ARP Table Routes DHCP Clients</strong></td>
<td><strong>Dynamic WAN</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Client Name</td>
<td>MAC Address</td>
<td>Assigned IP</td>
<td>Lease Time</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Jim</td>
<td>00-0A-EB-21-01-10</td>
<td>192.168.0.102</td>
<td>0 days 01:57:57</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="4">* Auto Refresh</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Client Name</td>
<td>Displays the device name of the client.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>MAC Address</td>
<td>Displays the MAC address of the client.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Assigned IP</td>
<td>Displays the IP address that the device assigned to the client.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Lease Time</td>
<td>Displays the time that the client leased. When the time expires, the clients will request to renew the lease automatically.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Auto Refresh</td>
<td>Enable or disable Auto Refresh. With this feature enabled, the table will refresh automatically.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark193"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark194"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark195"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark196"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark197"></a> Monitor Dynamic WAN</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Dynamic WAN submenu is only available in AP Router Mode and AP Client Router (WISP Client) Mode when the WAN connection type is PPPoE, PPTP, L2TP or Dynamic.</p>
<p>Go to the <strong>STATUS </strong>page. In the <strong>Monitor </strong>section, select <em>Dynamic WAN</em> and monitor the WAN connection status of the device. You can enable or disable Auto Refresh. With this feature enabled, the table will refresh automatically.</p>
<p>Throughput Stations Interfaces ARP Table Routes DHCP Clients Dynamic WAN</p>
<p>DHCP Status</p>
<p>Primary DNS: 0.0.0.0</p>
<p>Status: Disconnected</p>
<p>Secondary DNS: 0.0.0.0</p>
<p>IP Address: 0.0.0.0</p>
<p>Connection Uptime: 0 days 00:00:00</p>
<p>Subnet Mask: 0 0 0 0</p>
<p>Obtain</p>
<p>Gateway IP: 0.0.0 0</p>
<p>DHCPv6 Status</p>
<p>Primary DNS:</p>
<p>Status: Connected</p>
<p>Secondary DNS:</p>
<p>IP Address</p>
<p>Connection Uptime: 0 days 00:00:00</p>
<p>Subnet Mask:</p>
<p>Release</p>
<p>Gateway IP:</p>
<p>± Auto Refresh</p>
<p>DHCP Status</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Status</td>
<td>Displays the status of the WAN connection.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IP Address</td>
<td>Displays the IP address of the WAN.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Subnet Mask</td>
<td>Displays the subnet mask of the WAN.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Gateway IP</td>
<td>Displays the gateway address of the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Primary DNS</td>
<td>Displays the primary DNS of the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Secondary DNS</td>
<td>Displays the secondary DNS of the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Connection</p>
<p>Uptime</td>
<td>Displays the time that the latest WAN connection lasts.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Obtain</td>
<td>Click <em>Obtain</em> to obtain the WAN IP address from the upstream device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Release</td>
<td>Click <em>Release</em> to release the WAN IP address.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>DHCPv6 Status</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Status</td>
<td>Displays the status of the WAN connection.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IP Address</td>
<td>Displays the IPv6 address of the WAN.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Subnet Mask</td>
<td>Displays the subnet mask of the WAN.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Gateway IP</td>
<td>Displays the gateway address of the device.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Secondary DNS</td>
<td>Displays the secondary DNS of the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Connection</p>
<p>Uptime</td>
<td>Displays the time that the latest WAN connection lasts.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Obtain</td>
<td>Click <em>Obtain</em> to obtain the WAN IPv6 address from the upstream device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Release</td>
<td>Click <em>Release</em> to release the WAN IPv6 address.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Primary DNS</p>
<p>Displays the primary DNS of the device.</p>
<p><a id="post-3107-bookmark198"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark199"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark200"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark201"></a> Configure the Network</p>
<p>This chapter introduces how to configure the network parameters and the advanced features, including:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark202"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark210"><em>Configure WAN Parameters</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark203"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark220"><em>Configure LAN Parameters</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark204"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark240"><em>Configure Management VLAN</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark205"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark245"><em>Configure the Forwarding Feature</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark206"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark250"><em>Configure the Security Feature</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark207"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark257"><em>Configure Access Control</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark208"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark263"><em>Configure Static Routing</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark209"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark270"><em>Configure Bandwidth Control</em></a></li>
</ol>
<p><a href="#post-3107-bookmark277"><em>49 Configure IP &amp; MAC Binding</em></a></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark210"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark211"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark212"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark213"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark214"></a> Configure WAN Parameters</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>WAN submenu is only available in AP Router Mode and AP Client Router (WISP Client) Mode.</p>
<p>WAN submenu is used to create the WAN connection and configure the related advanced</p>
<p>parameters.</p>
<p>Go to the <strong>Network </strong>page. In the <strong>WAN </strong>section, configure the WAN parameters of the device.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="939" height="242" class="wp-image-3169" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-62.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 62" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 337" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-62.jpeg 939w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-62-300x77.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-62-768x198.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 939px) 100vw, 939px" /></p>
<p>Follow the steps below to configure the WAN parameters:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark215"></a> Select the connection type according to your need. The device supports five types: Static, Dynamic, PPPoE, L2TP, and PPTP.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>L2TP or PPTP is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>■ <strong>Static</strong></p>
<p>This connection type uses a permanent, fixed (static) IP address that is assigned by your ISP. In this type, you should fill in the IP address, Netmask, Gateway IP, and DNS IP address manually, which are assigned by your ISP.</p>
<p>WAN</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="872" height="296" class="wp-image-3170" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-63.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 63" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 338" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-63.jpeg 872w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-63-300x102.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-63-768x261.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 872px) 100vw, 872px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>IP address</td>
<td>Enter the IP address provided by your ISP.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Netmask</td>
<td>Enter the netmask provided by your ISP. Normally use 255.255.255.0.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Gateway IP</td>
<td>Enter the gateway IP address provided by your ISP.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Primary DNS</td>
<td>Enter the DNS IP address provided by your ISP.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Secondary DNS</td>
<td>Enter alternative DNS IP address if your ISP provides it.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IPv6</td>
<td>Enable or disable the IPv6 function. If the IPv6 function is enabled, the device will obtain a WAN IPv6 address. Select a method for the device to obtain the WAN IPv6 address according to the information provided by your ISP.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Static</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Select static and enter the WAN IPv6 address, IPv6 netmask, IPv6 gateway, primary DNS and secondary DNS provided by your ISP.</p>
<p><strong>IPv6: H Enable 0 IPv6 Address: • Static Q) SLAAC O DHCPv6 0</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Address: | |</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Netmask: 64 |</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Gateway.</strong></p>
<p><strong>Primary DNS.</strong></p>
<p><strong>Secondary DNS.</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>SLAAC</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Select SLAAC and the device will obtain the WAN IPv6 address automatically.</p>
<p><strong>IPv6: 0 Enable 0 IPv6 Address: O Static SLAAC O DHCPv6 0</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>DHCPv6</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Select DHCPv6 and the device will obtain the WAN IPv6 address automatically.</p>
<p><strong>IPv6: 0 Enable 0</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Address: Q Static O SLAAC (g) DHCPv6 0</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>MTU Size</td>
<td>The normal MTU (Maximum Transmission Unit) value for most Ethernet networks is 1500 Bytes. For some ISPs you need to modify the MTU. But this is rarely required, and should not be done unless you are sure it is necessary for your ISP connection. This number should be an integer between 576 and 2026.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>WAN MAC</p>
<p>Address</td>
<td>Specify the MAC address of WAN interface. This field displays the current MAC address of the WAN port. If your ISP requires that you register the MAC address, enter the correct MAC address into this field. The format for the MAC Address is XX-XX-XX-XX-XX-XX (X is any hexadecimal digit). Click <em>Restore Factory MAC</em> to restore the MAC address of WAN port to the factory default value.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Your PC&#8217;s MAC Address</td>
<td>Displays the MAC address of the PC that is managing the device. Some ISPs require that you should register the MAC address of your PC. If the MAC address is required, click <em>Clone PC&#8217;s MAC</em> to set the WAN MAC address the same as your management PC&#8217;s MAC address.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>■ <strong>Dynamic</strong></p>
<p>For this connection, your ISP uses a DHCP server to assign your router an IP address for connecting to the internet. You don&#8217;t need to configure any parameters.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="313" class="wp-image-3171" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-64.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 64" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 339" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-64.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-64-300x103.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-64-768x264.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<p>IPv6 Enable or disable the IPv6 function. If the IPv6 function is enabled, the</p>
<p>device will obtain a WAN IPv6 address. Select a method for the device to obtain the WAN IPv6 address according to the information provided by your ISP.</p>
<p>• <strong>Static</strong></p>
<p>Select static and enter the WAN IPv6 address, IPv6 netmask, IPv6 gateway, primary DNS and secondary DNS provided by your ISP.</p>
<p><strong>IPv6. 0 Enable @ IPv6 Address: ® Static O SLAAC ODHCPv6 @</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Address</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Netmask- [64</strong></p>
<p><strong>Secondary DNS:</strong></p>
<p>• <strong>SLAAC</strong></p>
<p>Select SLAAC and the device will obtain the WAN IPv6 address automatically.</p>
<p><strong>I</strong></p>
<p><strong> IPv6: 0 Enable 0</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Address: Q Static (• SLAAC O DHCPv6 Q</strong></p>
<p>• <strong>DHCPv6</strong></p>
<p>Select DHCPv6 and the device will obtain the WAN IPv6 address automatically.</p>
<p><strong>I</strong></p>
<p><strong> IPv6: 0 Enable 0</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Address: O Static O SLAAC (g) DHCPv6 Q</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>MTU Size</td>
<td>Specify the MTU size. The normal MTU (Maximum Transmission Unit) value for most Ethernet networks is 1500 Bytes. For some ISPs you need to modify the MTU. But this is rarely required, and should not be done unless you are sure it is necessary for your ISP connection. This number should be an integer between 576 and 2026.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Use These DNS</p>
<p>Servers</td>
<td>If your ISP gives you one or two DNS IP addresses, select Use These DNS Servers and enter the Primary DNS and Secondary DNS into the correct fields. Otherwise, the DNS servers will be assigned from ISP dynamically.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Primary DNS</td>
<td>Enter the DNS IP address provided by your ISP.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Secondary DNS</td>
<td>Enter another DNS IP address provided by your ISP.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>WAN MAC</p>
<p>Address</td>
<td>Specify the WAN MAC address. This field displays the current MAC address of the WAN port. If your ISP binds the MAC address of your previous computer/router, enter the correct MAC address into this field. The format for the MAC Address is XX-XX-XX-XX-XX-XX (X is any hexadecimal digit). Click <em>Restore Factory MAC</em> to restore the MAC address of WAN port to the factory default value.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Your PC&#8217;s MAC Address</td>
<td>Displays the MAC address of the PC that is managing the device. Some ISPs require that you should register the MAC address of your PC. If the MAC address is required, click <em>Clone PC&#8217;s MAC</em> to set the WAN MAC address the same as your management PC&#8217;s MAC address.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>■ <strong>PPPoE</strong></p>
<p>If your ISP delivers internet through phone line and provides you with username and password, you should choose this type. Under this condition, you should fill in both User Name and Password that the ISP supplied. Note that these fields are case-sensitive.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="909" height="545" class="wp-image-3172" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-65.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 65" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 340" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-65.jpeg 909w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-65-300x180.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-65-768x460.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 909px) 100vw, 909px" /></p>
<p>Specify the parameters below and click <em>Connect:</em></p>
<p>User Name Enter the User Name that is provided by your ISP.</p>
<p>Password Enter the Password that is provided by your ISP.</p>
<p>Select the Connection Mode.</p>
<p>Connection</p>
<p>Mode</p>
<p>• <strong>On Demand</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="187" height="93" class="wp-image-3173" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-66.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 66" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 341"> Configure the device to disconnect your internet connection after a specified period of inactivity (Idle Time). If your internet connection has been terminated due to inactivity, Connection on Demand enables the device to automatically re-establish your connection when you attempt to access the internet again. The default Idle Time is 15 minutes. If your internet connection is expected to remain active all the time, enter 0 in the Idle Time field. If you pay by time for your internet access, choose this mode to save your internet-access fee.</p>
<p>Connection Mode:</p>
<p>On Demand</p>
<p>Idle Time:</p>
<p>15</p>
<p>minutes</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark216"></a><strong>Automatic</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Connect automatically after the device is disconnected. If you are charged a flat monthly fee, choose this mode.</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark217"></a><strong>Time-based</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Configure the device to make it connect or disconnect based on time. Enter the start time in From (HH:MM) for connecting and end time in To (HH:MM) for disconnecting. If you need to control the time period of internet access, choose this mode.</p>
<p>Connection Mode:</p>
<p>From(HH:MM):</p>
<p>To(HH:MM):</p>
<p>• <strong>Manual</strong></p>
<p>Configure the device to make it connect or disconnect manually. After a specified period of inactivity (Idle Time), the device will disconnect your internet connection, and you must click <em>Connect</em> manually to access the internet again. If your internet connection is expected to remain active all the times, enter 0 in the Idle Time field. Otherwise, enter the desired Idle Time in minutes you wish to use. If you pay by time for your internet access, choose this mode to save your internet­access fee.</p>
<p>Connection Mode:</p>
<p>Manual</p>
<p>Idle Time:</p>
<p>15</p>
<p>1 minutes</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Second</p>
<p>Connection</td>
<td><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Second Connection is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>If your ISP provides an extra Connection type such as Dynamic/Static IP to connect to a local area network, activate this secondary connection.</p>
<p><strong>Disable: </strong>The Secondary Connection is disabled by default, so there is PPPoE connection only. This is recommended.</p>
<p><strong>Dynamic IP: </strong>Use dynamic IP address to connect to the local area network provided by ISP.</p>
<p><strong>Static IP: </strong>Use static IP address to connect to the local area network provided by ISP.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IPv6</td>
<td>Enable or disable the IPv6 function. If the IPv6 function is enabled, the device will obtain a WAN IPv6 address. Select a method for the device to obtain the WAN IPv6 address according to the information provided by your ISP.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>SLAAC</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Select SLAAC and the device will obtain the WAN IPv6 address automatically.</p>
<p><strong>IPv6: 0 Enable </strong>Q <strong>IPv6 Address O Static (§) SLAAC Q DHCPv6 </strong>Q</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>DHCPv6</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Select DHCPv6 and the device will obtain the WAN IPv6 address automatically.</p>
<p><strong>IPv6: M Enable </strong>Q <strong>IPv6 Address: O Stade Q SLAAC @ 0HCPv6 </strong>Q</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>MTU Size</td>
<td>Specify the MTU size. The default MTU (Maximum Transmission Unit) size is 1480 bytes, which is usually appropriate. For some ISPs, you need modify the MTU. This should not be done unless your ISP told you to. This number should be an integer between 576 and 2026.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Service Name</td>
<td>Specify the Service Name provided by your ISP. Keep it empty if your ISP doesn&#8217;t provide the name.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>AC Name</td>
<td>Specify the AC Name provided by your ISP. Keep it empty if your ISP doesn&#8217;t provide the name.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Detect Internal</td>
<td>Specify the Detect Interval. The default value is 0. Input the value between 0 and 120. The device will detect Access Concentrator online every interval seconds. If the value is 0, it means not detecting.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Use</p>
<p>ISP-specified IP</td>
<td>If your service provider provides you with an IP address along with the user name and password, Enable &#8220;Use ISP-specified IP&#8221; and enter the IP address.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Use These DNS</p>
<p>Servers</td>
<td>If the ISP provides a DNS server IP address for you, Enable Use These DNS Server, and fill the Primary DNS and Secondary DNS fields below. Otherwise, the DNS servers will obtain automatically from ISP.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>WAN MAC</p>
<p>Address</td>
<td>Specify the WAN MAC address. This field displays the current MAC address of the WAN port. If your ISP binds the MAC address of your previous computer/router, enter the correct MAC address into this field. The format for the MAC Address is XX-XX-XX-XX-XX-XX (X is any hexadecimal digit). Click <em>Restore Factory MAC</em> to restore the MAC address of WAN port to the factory default value.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Your PC&#8217;s MAC Address</td>
<td>Displays the MAC address of the PC that is managing the device. Click <em>Clone PC&#8217;s MAC</em> to set the WAN MAC address the same as your management PC&#8217;s MAC address.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Restore to</p>
<p>Factory MAC</td>
<td>Click this button to restore the WAN MAC address as factory MAC address.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Clone PC&#8217;s MAC</td>
<td>Click this button to set the WAN MAC address as PC&#8217;s MAC address.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>■ <strong>L2TP/PPTP</strong></p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>L2TP or PPTP is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>If your ISP supplies internet access through L2TP or PPTP, it will provide the following parameters. The configurations of L2TP and PPTP are the same, and the following introduction takes L2TP as an example.</p>
<p>WAN E</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="294" class="wp-image-3174" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-67.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 67" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 342" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-67.jpeg 865w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-67-300x102.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-67-768x261.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p>Specify the parameters below and click <em>Connect:</em></p>
<p>Server IP/Name Enter the server IP address or the domain name provided by your ISP.</p>
<p>Enter the User Name provided by your ISP. This field is case-sensitive.</p>
<p>User Name</p>
<p>Password</p>
<p>Connection</p>
<p>Mode</p>
<p>Enter the Password provided by your ISP. This field is case-sensitive.</p>
<p>Select the Connection Mode.</p>
<p>• <strong>On Demand</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="420" height="73" class="wp-image-3175" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-68.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 68" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 343" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-68.jpeg 420w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-68-300x52.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 420px) 100vw, 420px" /> Configure the device to disconnect your internet connection after a specified period of inactivity (Idle Time). If your internet connection has been terminated due to inactivity, Connection on Demand enables the device to automatically re-establish your connection when you attempt to access the internet again. The default Idle Time is 15 minutes. If your internet connection is expected to remain active all the time, enter 0 in the Idle Time field. If you pay by time for your internet access, choose this mode to save your internet-access fee.</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark218"></a><strong>Automatic</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Connect automatically after the device is disconnected. If you are charged a flat monthly fee, choose this mode.</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark219"></a><strong>Manual</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Configure the device to make it connect or disconnect manually. After a specified period of inactivity (Idle Time), the device will disconnect your internet connection, and you must click <em>Connect</em> manually to access the internet again. If your internet connection is expected to remain active all the times, enter 0 in the Idle Time field. Otherwise, enter the desired Idle Time in minutes you wish to use. If you pay by time for your internet access, choose this mode to save your internet­access fee.</p>
<p>Connection Mode: Manual Q</p>
<p>Idle Time: 15 | minutes</p>
<p>Second</p>
<p>Connection</p>
<p>If your ISP provides a Connection type such as Dynamic/Static IP to connect to a local area network, activate this secondary connection.</p>
<p><strong>Dynamic IP: </strong>Use dynamic IP address to connect to the local area network provided by ISP.</p>
<p><strong>Static IP: </strong>Use static IP address to connect to the local area network provided by ISP.</p>
<p>IPv6 Enable or disable the IPv6 function. If the IPv6 function is enabled, the</p>
<p>device will obtain a WAN IPv6 address. Select a method for the device to obtain the WAN IPv6 address according to the information provided by your ISP.</p>
<p>• <strong>Static</strong></p>
<p>Select static and enter the WAN IPv6 address, IPv6 netmask, IPv6 gateway, primary DNS and secondary DNS provided by your ISP.</p>
<p><strong>IPv6. 0 Enable @ IPv6 Address: ® Static O SLAAC ODHCPv6 @</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Address</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Netmask- [64</strong></p>
<p><strong>Secondary DNS:</strong></p>
<p>• <strong>SLAAC</strong></p>
<p>Select SLAAC and the device will obtain the WAN IPv6 address automatically.</p>
<p><strong>I</strong></p>
<p><strong> IPv6: 0 Enable 0</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Address: Q Static (• SLAAC O DHCPv6 Q</strong></p>
<p>• <strong>DHCPv6</strong></p>
<p>Select DHCPv6 and the device will obtain the WAN IPv6 address automatically.</p>
<p><strong>I</strong></p>
<p><strong> IPv6: 0 Enable 0</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Address: O Static O SLAAC (g) DHCPv6 Q</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>MTU Size</td>
<td>Specify the MTU size. The normal MTU (Maximum Transmission Unit) value for most Ethernet networks is 1500 Bytes. For some ISPs you need to modify the MTU. But this is rarely required, and should not be done unless you are sure it is necessary for your ISP connection. This number should be an integer between 576 and 2026.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>WAN MAC</p>
<p>Address</td>
<td>Specify the WAN MAC address. This field displays the current MAC address of the WAN port. If your ISP requires that you register the MAC address, enter the correct MAC address into this field. The format for the MAC Address is XX-XX-XX-XX-XX-XX (X is any hexadecimal digit). Click <em>Restore Factory MAC</em> to restore the MAC address of WAN port to the factory default value.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Your PC&#8217;s MAC Address</td>
<td>Displays the MAC address of the PC that is managing the device. Some ISPs require that you should register the MAC address of your PC. If the MAC address is required, click <em>Clone PC&#8217;s MAC</em> to set the WAN MAC address the same as your management PC&#8217;s MAC.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>3. Click <em>Apply,</em> then click <em>Save.</em></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark220"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark221"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark222"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark223"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark224"></a> Configure LAN Parameters</li>
</ol>
<p>LAN submenu is used to configure the LAN parameters for the device and the clients.</p>
<p><a id="post-3107-bookmark225"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark226"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark227"></a> Access Point/Client/Repeater/Bridge Mode</p>
<p>Go to the <strong>Network </strong>page. In the <strong>LAN </strong>section, configure the following parameters.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="939" height="307" class="wp-image-3176" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-69.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 69" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 344" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-69.jpeg 939w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-69-300x98.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-69-768x251.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 939px) 100vw, 939px" /></p>
<p>Follow the steps below to configure the LAN parameters:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark228"></a> Select the connection type according to your need. The device supports two types: Static and Dynamic.</li>
</ol>
<p>■ <strong>Static</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="643" class="wp-image-3177" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-70.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 70" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 345" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-70.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-70-300x212.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-70-768x543.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>IP address</td>
<td>Enter the LAN IP address of your device. By default, it is 192.168.0.254.</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>When you change the LAN IP address in the <strong>Network </strong>tab, you should log in with the new IP address and save the settings for the configuration change to take effect. Otherwise the configuration will be lost after the reboot.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Netmask</td>
<td>Enter the Netmask provided by your ISP. Normally use 255.255.255.0.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Gateway IP</td>
<td>Enter the gateway IP address for your device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Primary DNS</td>
<td>Enter the primary DNS IP address provided by your ISP. Consult your ISP if you don&#8217;t know the DNS value. The factory default setting is 0.0.0.0, which means no primary DNS is assigned.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Secondary DNS</td>
<td>Enter the secondary DNS IP address of alternative DNS server if your ISP has two DNS servers. The factory default setting is 0.0.0.0, which means no secondary DNS is assigned.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>MTU Size</td>
<td>Specify the MTU size. The normal MTU (Maximum Transmission Unit) value for most Ethernet networks is 1500 Bytes. For some ISPs you need to modify the MTU. But this is rarely required, and should not be done unless you are sure it is necessary for your ISP connection. This number should be an integer between 576 and 2026.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IGMP Proxy</td>
<td>Enable or disable IGMP (Internet Group Management Protocol) Proxy. IGMP proxy is used to process the multicast stream in the netwok. It normally works for IPTV service.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>DHCP Server</td>
<td>Enable or disable the DHCP server function. With this function enabled, the build-in DHCP server will assign IP address to the clients connected to the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Start IP Address</td>
<td>Specify the first IP address of the IP address pool. By default, it is 192.168.0.100.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>End IP Address</td>
<td>Specify the last IP address of the IP address pool. By default, it is 192.168.0.199.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Default</p>
<p>Gateway</td>
<td>Specify the gateway IP address for the LAN network. By default, it is 192.168.0.254.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Default Domain</td>
<td>(Optional) Specify the domain name for the DHCP server.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Primary DNS</td>
<td>Enter the DNS IP address for the LAN. By default, it is 0.0.0.0, which means no primary DNS is assigned.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Secondary DNS Enter the IP address of alternative DNS server if there are two DNS servers. By default, it is 0.0.0.0, which means no secondary DNS is assigned.</p>
<p>Lease Time</p>
<p>Enter the amount time of the leased IP address assigned by the DHCP server. When the time expires, the clients will request to renew the lease automatically.</p>
<p>Address</p>
<p>Reservation</p>
<p>Enable Address Reservation and specify a reserved IP address for a PC on the local area network, so the PC will always obtain the same IP address each time when it starts up. Reserved IP addresses could be assigned to servers that require permanent IP settings.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="679" height="127" class="wp-image-3178" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-71.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 71" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 346" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-71.jpeg 679w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-71-300x56.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 679px) 100vw, 679px" /></p>
<p>To configure Address Reservation:</p>
<p>Click <em>Add,</em> specify the MAC address and the IP address. Enable this entry, then click <em>Save.</em></p>
<p>IPv6</p>
<p>Enable or disable the IPv6 function. If the IPv6 function is enabled, the device will obtain a LAN IPv6 address. Select a method for the device to obtain the LAN IPv6 address according to the information provided by your ISP.</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark229"></a><strong>Static</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Select static and enter the LAN IPv6 address and IPv6 netmask.</p>
<p><strong>IPv6: 0 Enable 0</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Address: • Static O SLAAC O DHCPv6 Q</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Address.</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Netmask: 64</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark230"></a><strong>SLAAC</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Select SLAAC and the device will obtain the LAN IPv6 address automatically.</p>
<p><strong>I</strong></p>
<p><strong> IPv6: 0 Enable 0</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Address: O Static <em>&lt;g&gt;</em> SLAAC O DHCPv6 0</strong></p>
<p>• <strong>DHCPv6</strong></p>
<p>Select DHCPv6 and the device will obtain the LAN IPv6 address automatically.</p>
<p><strong>I</strong></p>
<p><strong> IPv6: 0 Enable e</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Address: Q Static O SLAAC (g) DHCPv6 0</strong></p>
<p>■ <strong>Dynamic</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="368" class="wp-image-3179" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-72.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 72" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 347" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-72.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-72-300x121.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-72-768x311.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Fallback IP</td>
<td>Enable or disable the Fallback IP. When the device fails to find the DHCP server, it will use the fallback IP as the LAN IP address.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>DHCP Fallback IP</td>
<td>Specify the fallback IP for the device. By default, it is 192.168.0.254.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>DHCP Fallback</p>
<p>Mask</td>
<td>Specify the fallback netmask for the device.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Primary DNS</td>
<td>Enter the DNS IP address for the LAN. By default, it is 0.0.0.0, which means no primary DNS is assigned.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Secondary DNS</td>
<td>Enter the IP address of alternative DNS server if there are two DNS servers. By default, it is 0.0.0.0, which means no secondary DNS is assigned.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>MTU Size</td>
<td>Specify the MTU size. The normal MTU (Maximum Transmission Unit) value for most Ethernet networks is 1500 Bytes. For some ISPs you need to modify the MTU. But this is rarely required, and should not be done unless you are sure it is necessary for your ISP connection. This number should be an integer between 576 and 2026.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IGMP Proxy</td>
<td>Enable or disable IGMP (Internet Group Management Protocol) Proxy. IGMP proxy is used to process the multicast stream in the network. It normally works for IPTV service.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>IPv6</p>
<p>Enable or disable the IPv6 function. If the IPv6 function is enabled, the device will obtain a LAN IPv6 address. Select a method for the device to obtain the LAN IPv6 address according to the information provided by your ISP.</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark231"></a><strong>Static</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Select static and enter the LAN IPv6 address and IPv6 netmask.</p>
<p><strong>IPv6: 0 Enable 0</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Address: • Static O SLAAC O DHCPv6 0</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Address.</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Netmask. 64</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark232"></a><strong>SLAAC</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Select SLAAC and the device will obtain the LAN IPv6 address automatically.</p>
<p><strong>I</strong></p>
<p><strong> IPv6: 0 Enable 0</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Address: Q Static (• SLAAC O DHCPv6 0</strong></p>
<p>• <strong>DHCPv6</strong></p>
<p>Select DHCPv6 and the device will obtain the LAN IPv6 address automatically.</p>
<p><strong>I</strong></p>
<p><strong> IPv6: 0 Enable 0</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Address: O Static O SLAAC (g) DHCPv6 0</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark233"></a> Click <em>Apply,</em> then click <em>Save.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-3107-bookmark234"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark235"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark236"></a> AP Router/AP Client Router Mode</p>
<p>Go to the <strong>Network </strong>page. In the <strong>LAN </strong>section, configure the following parameters.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="940" height="799" class="wp-image-3180" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-73.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 73" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 348" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-73.jpeg 940w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-73-300x255.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-73-768x653.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 940px) 100vw, 940px" /></p>
<p>1. For LAN connection type, the device only supports Static.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>IP address</td>
<td>Enter the LAN IP address of your device. By default, it is 192.168.0.254.</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>When you change the LAN IP address in the <strong>Network </strong>tab, you should log in with the new IP address and save the settings for the configuration change to take effect. Otherwise the configuration will be lost after the reboot.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Netmask</td>
<td>Enter the Netmask provided by your ISP. Normally use 255.255.255.0.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>MTU Size</td>
<td>Specify the MTU size. The normal MTU (Maximum Transmission Unit) value for most Ethernet networks is 1500 Bytes. For some ISPs you need to modify the MTU. But this is rarely required, and should not be done unless you are sure it is necessary for your ISP connection. This number should be an integer between 576 and 2026.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>IGMP Proxy</td>
<td>Enable or disable IGMP (Internet Group Management Protocol) Proxy. IGMP proxy is used to process the multicast stream in the netwok. It normally works for IPTV service.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>DHCP Server</td>
<td>Enable or disable the DHCP server function. With this function enabled, the build-in DHCP server will assign IP address to the clients connected to the device.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Specify the first IP address of the IP address pool. By default, it is 192.168.0.100.</p>
<p>Start IP Address</p>
<p>End IP Address</p>
<p>Default</p>
<p>Gateway</p>
<p>Default Domain</p>
<p>Primary DNS</p>
<p>Secondary DNS</p>
<p>Lease Time</p>
<p>Address Reservation</p>
<p>Specify the last IP address of the IP address pool. By default, it is 192.168.0.199.</p>
<p>Specify the gateway IP address for the LAN network. By default, it is 192.168.0.254.</p>
<p>(Optional) Specify the domain name for the DHCP server.</p>
<p>Enter the DNS IP address for the LAN. By default, it is 0.0.0.0, which means no primary DNS is assigned.</p>
<p>Enter the IP address of alternative DNS server if there are two DNS servers. By default, it is 0.0.0.0, which means no secondary DNS is assigned.</p>
<p>Enter the amount time of the leased IP address assigned by the DHCP server. When the time expires, the clients will request to renew the lease automatically.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="679" height="127" class="wp-image-3181" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-74.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 74" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 349" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-74.jpeg 679w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-74-300x56.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 679px) 100vw, 679px" /> Enable Address Reservation and specify a reserved IP address for a PC on the local area network, so the PC will always obtain the same IP address each time when it starts up. Reserved IP addresses could be assigned to servers that require permanent IP settings.</p>
<p>To configure Address Reservation:</p>
<p>Click <em>Add,</em> specify the MAC address and the IP address. Enable this entry, then click <em>Save.</em></p>
<p>Enable or disable the IPv6 function. If the IPv6 function is enabled, the device will obtain a LAN IPv6 address. Select a method for the device to obtain the LAN IPv6 address according to the information provided by your ISP.</p>
<p>IPv6</p>
<p>• <strong>Static</strong></p>
<p>Select static and enter the LAN IPv6 address and IPv6 netmask.</p>
<p><strong>IPv6: 0 Enable</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Address: &lt;g) Static O Prefix Delegation o</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Address: | |</strong></p>
<p><strong>IPv6 Netmask: 164 |</strong></p>
<p>• <strong>Prefix Delegation</strong></p>
<p>Select Prefix Delegation and the device will obtain the LAN IPv6 address automatically.</p>
<p>IPv6: [Z Enable Q</p>
<p>IPv6 Address: C Static (• Prefix Delegation Q</p>
<p>IPv6 DHCP Enable or disable the IPv6 DHCP server function. With IPv6 DHCP server <sup>Server</sup> enabled, the clients will obtain the IPv6 address from the DHCP server.</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark237"></a><strong>Disabled</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Select Disabled to disable the IPv6 DHCP server function</p>
<p>IPv6 DHCP Server: (§: Disabled (’ Stateless O Stateful Q</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark238"></a><strong>Stateless/Stateful</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Select Stateless or Stateful, and the clients will obtain the IPv6 address from the IPv6 DHCP server automatically. Enable or disable the DNS proxy. With this feature enabled, the device will obtain the DNS server automatically. With this feature disabled, you should specify the DNS address manually.</p>
<p>IPv6 DHCP Server: O Disabled © Stateless O Stateful <strong>0</strong></p>
<p>I</p>
<p>ONS Proxy: □ Enable <strong>0</strong></p>
<p>Preferred DNS: | |</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark239"></a> Click <em>Apply,</em> then click <em>Save.</em></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark240"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark241"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark242"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark243"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark244"></a> Configure Management VLAN</li>
</ol>
<p>Management VLAN provides a safer way for you to manage the device. With Management VLAN enabled, only the hosts in the management VLAN can manage the device. Since most hosts cannot process VLAN tags, connect the management host to the network via a switch, and set up correct VLAN settings to ensure the communication between the host and the device in the management VLAN.</p>
<p>Go to the <strong>Network </strong>page. In the <strong>Management VLAN Interfaces </strong>section, enable the Management VLAN function, specify <em>VLAN ID</em> and click <em>Apply.</em> Then click <em>Save</em>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="939" height="132" class="wp-image-3182" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-75.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 75" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 350" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-75.jpeg 939w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-75-300x42.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-75-768x108.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 939px) 100vw, 939px" /></p>
<p>Management Enable or disable the Management VLAN function. By default, it is disabled. VLAN</p>
<p>VLAN ID Specify the Management VLAN ID. The valid values are from 2 to 4094.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark245"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark246"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark247"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark248"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark249"></a> Configure the Forwarding Feature</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Forwarding submenu is only available in AP Router Mode and AP Client Router (WISP Client) Mode.</p>
<p>The IP address used on the internet is public IP address, while IP address used on local area network is private IP address. The hosts using private IP addresses cannot access the internet directly and vice versa.</p>
<p>The hosts using private IP addresses visit internet through NAT (Network Address Translation) technology. NAT can transfer private IP addresses into public IP addresses to realize the communication from internal hosts to external hosts.</p>
<p>If the hosts on the internet want to visit the hosts on local area network, the forwarding function should be used, including DMZ, Virtual server, Port triggering and UPnP.</p>
<p>Go to the <strong>Network </strong>page. In the <strong>Forwarding </strong>section, configure the following parameters and click <em>Apply.</em> Then click <em>Save</em>.</p>
<p>Forwarding</p>
<p>DMZ: 0 Enable <em>Q</em></p>
<p>DMZ IP: 10.0.0.0 |</p>
<p>ALG: 0 FTP ALG 0 TFTP ALG 0 H323 ALG 0 RTSP ALG <strong>0 </strong>Virtual Server: □ Enable <strong>0</strong></p>
<p>Port Trigger: □ Enable</p>
<p>UPnP: □ Enable <strong>0</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>DMZ</td>
<td>Enable or disable the DMZ function. DMZ (Demilitarized Zone) specifically allows one computer/device behind NAT to become &#8220;demilitarized&#8221;, so all packets from the external network are forwarded to this computer/device. The demilitarized host is exposed to the wide area network, which can realize the unlimited bidirectional communication between internal hosts and external hosts.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>DMZ IP</td>
<td>Specify the IP address of the local host network device. The DMZ host device will be completely exposed to the external network. Any PC that was used for a DMZ must have a static or reserved IP Address because its IP Address may change when using the DHCP function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>ALG</td>
<td>Select the type of ALG to enable the corresponding feature. Common NAT only translates the address of packets at network layer and the port number at transport layer but cannot deal with the packets with embedded source/destination information in the application layer. Application layer gateway (ALG) can deal with protocols with embedded source/destination information in the application payload. Some protocols such as FTP, TFTP, H323 and RTSP require ALG (Application Layer Gateway) support to pass through NAT.</p>
<p><strong>FTP ALG: </strong>Allows FTP clients and servers to transfer data across NAT.</p>
<p><strong>TFTP ALG: </strong>Allows TFTP clients and servers to transfer data across NAT.</p>
<p><strong>H323 ALG: </strong>Allows Microsoft NetMeeting clients to communicate across NAT.</p>
<p><strong>RTSP ALG: </strong>Allows some media player clients to communicate with some streaming media servers across NAT.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Enable or disable Virtual Server. Virtual servers can be used for setting up public services on your local area network, such as DNS, Email and FTP. A virtual server is defined as a service port, and all requests from the internet to this service port will be redirected to the LAN server. Virtual Server function not only makes the users from internet visit the local area network, but also keeps network security within the intranet as other services are still invisible from internet. The LAN server must have a static or reserved IP Address because its IP Address may change when using the DHCP function.</p>
<p>Virtual Server</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="709" height="135" class="wp-image-3183" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-76.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 76" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 351" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-76.jpeg 709w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-76-300x57.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 709px) 100vw, 709px" /></p>
<p>To configure Virtual Server:</p>
<p>Click <em>Add,</em> specify the following parameters and <em>Enable</em> the entry. Click <em>Save.</em></p>
<p><strong>IP: </strong>Enter the IP Address of the PC providing the service application.</p>
<p><strong>Internal Port: </strong>Enter the Internal Port number of the PC running the service application. You can leave it blank if the Internal Port is the same as the Service Port, or enter a specific port number.</p>
<p><strong>Service Port: </strong>Enter the numbers of external Service Port. You can type a service port or a range of service ports (the format is XXX &#8211; YYY, XXX is the start port, YYY is the end port). Internet users send request to the port for services.</p>
<p><strong>Protocol: </strong>Choose the one of the protocols used for this application: TCP, UDP, or TCP/UDP.</p>
<p>Enable or disable port trigger. Due to the existence of the firewall, some applications such as online games, video conferences, VoIPs and P2P downloads need the device to configure the forwarding to work properly, and these applications require multiple ports connection, for single-port virtual server cannot meet the demand. Port trigger function comes at this time. When an application initiates a connection to the trigger port, all the incoming ports will open for subsequent connections.</p>
<p>Port Trigger</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="709" height="133" class="wp-image-3184" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-77.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 77" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 352" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-77.jpeg 709w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-77-300x56.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 709px) 100vw, 709px" /></p>
<p>To configure port trigger:</p>
<p>Click <em>Add,</em> specify the following parameters and <em>Enable</em> the entry. Click <em>Save.</em></p>
<p><strong>Incoming Port: </strong>Enter the incoming port for incoming traffic. The port or port range is used by the remote system when it responds to the outgoing request. A response to one of these ports will be forwarded to the PC that triggered this rule. You can input at most 5 groups of ports (or port section). Every group of ports must be set apart with “,”. For example, 2000-2038, 2050-2051,2085, 3010-3030.</p>
<p><strong>Trigger Port: </strong>Enter the trigger port for outgoing traffic. An outgoing connection using this port will “Trigger” this rule.</p>
<p><strong>Protocol: </strong>Choose the one of the protocols used for this application: TCP, UDP, or TCP/UDP.</p>
<p>Enable or disable UPnP. If you use applications such as multiplayer gaming, peer-to-peer connections, or real-time communications such as instant messaging or remote assistance (a feature in Windows XP), you should enable the UPnP function. The Universal Plug and Play (UPnP) function allows the devices, such as internet computers, to access the local host resources or devices as needed. Host in the local area network can automatically open the corresponding ports on a router, and make the application of external host access the resources of the internal host through the opened ports. Therefore, the functions limited to the NAT can work properly. Compared to virtual server and port triggering, the application of UPnP doesn&#8217;t need manual settings. It is more convenient for some applications required unfixed ports.</p>
<p>UPnP</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="709" height="148" class="wp-image-3185" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-78.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 78" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 353" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-78.jpeg 709w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-78-300x63.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 709px) 100vw, 709px" /></p>
<p><strong>App Description: </strong>Displays the description provided by the application in the UPnP request.</p>
<p><strong>External Port: </strong>Displays the external port number that the router opened for the service application.</p>
<p><strong>Internal Port: </strong>Displays the internal service port number of the local host running the service application.</p>
<p><strong>Protocol: </strong>Displays which type of protocol is opened.</p>
<p><strong>IP Address: </strong>Displays the IP address of the local host which initiates the UPnP request.</p>
<p><strong>Status: </strong>Enabled means that port is still active. Otherwise, the port is inactive.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark250"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark251"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark252"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark253"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark254"></a> Configure the Security Feature</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Security submenu is only available in AP Router Mode and AP Client Router (WISP Client) Mode.</p>
<p>Stateful Packet Inspection (SPI) is a firewall that keeps track of the state of network connections (such as TCP streams, UDP communication) traveling across it. The firewall is programmed to distinguish legitimate packets for different types of connections. Only packets matching a known active connection will be allowed to pass through by the firewall and others will be rejected. SPI Firewall is enabled by factory default.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark255"></a> Go to the <strong>Network </strong>page. In the <strong>Security &gt; Basic </strong>section, configure the following parameters and click <em>Apply.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="153" class="wp-image-3186" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-79.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 79" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 354" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-79.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-79-300x50.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-79-768x129.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-79-600x100.jpeg 600w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>SPI Firewall</td>
<td>Check the Enable box to use the SPI Firewall function. If forwarding rules are enabled at the same time, the device will give priority to meet forwarding rules.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Ping</td>
<td>Select and enable the ping forbidden function.</p>
<p><strong>WAN Ping Forbidden: </strong>Enable or disable this function. With this option enabled, the device will not reply the ping request originates from internet. By default, it is disabled.</p>
<p><strong>LAN Ping Forbidden: </strong>Enable or disable this function. With this option enabled, the device will not reply the ping request originates from local network.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>VPN</td>
<td>Select and enable the VPN function.</p>
<p>A VPN is created by establishing a virtual point-to-point connection through the use of dedicated connections, virtual tunneling protocols, or traffic encryptions. Through VPN you can access your private network over internet. A virtual private network connection across the internet is similar to a wide area network (WAN) link between sites. From a user perspective, the extended network resources are accessed in the same way as resources available within the private network. When hosts in the local area network want to visit the remote virtual private network using virtual tunneling protocols, the corresponding VPN protocol should be enabled.</p>
<p><strong>PPTP Passthrough: </strong>PPTP (Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol) allows the Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP) to be tunneled through an IP (Internet Protocol) network. Check the box to allow PPTP tunnels to pass through the Device.</p>
<p><strong>L2TP Passthrough: </strong>L2TP (Layer Two Tunneling Protocol) is the method used to enable Point-to-Point connections via the internet on the Layer Two level. Check the box to allow L2TP tunnels to pass through the Device.</p>
<p><strong>IPSec Passthrough: </strong>IPSec (Internet Protocol Security) is a suite of protocols for ensuring private, secure communications over IP (Internet Protocol) networks, through the use of cryptographic security services. Check the box to allow IPSec tunnels to pass through the Device.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>2. In the <strong>Security &gt; Advanced Settings </strong>section, configure the following parameters and click <em>Apply.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="214" class="wp-image-3187" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-80.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 80" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 355" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-80.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-80-300x71.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-80-768x181.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<p>DoS Protection Enable the DoS Protection and specify the parameters.</p>
<p>DoS (Denial of Service) Attack is to occupy the network bandwidth maliciously by the network attackers or the evil programs sending a lot of service requests to the Host, which incurs an abnormal service or even breakdown of the network. With DoS Protection function enabled, the device can analyze the specific fields of the IP packets and distinguish the malicious DoS attack packets. Upon detecting the packets, the device will discard the illegal packets directly and limit the transmission rate of the legal packets if the over legal packets may incur a breakdown of the network. The hosts sending these packets will be added into the <em>Blocked DoS Host</em> List. The device can defend a few types of DoS attack such as ICMP_FLOOD, UDP_FLOOD and TCP_SYN_ FLOOD.</p>
<p><strong>Packets Statistics Interval: </strong>Select a value between 5 and 60 seconds from the drop-down list. The default value is 10. The value indicates the time interval of the packets statistics. The result of the statistic is used for analysis by ICMP-Flood, UDP Flood and TCP-SYN Flood.</p>
<p><strong>ICMP_FLOOD Attack Filter: </strong>Enter a value between 5 and 3600. The default value is 50. When the current ICMP-FLOOD Packets number is beyond the set value, the device will start up the blocking function immediately.</p>
<p><strong>UDP_FLOOD Attack Filter: </strong>Enter a value between 5 and 3600. The default value is 500. When the current UPD-FLOOD Packets number is beyond the set value, the device will start up the blocking function immediately.</p>
<p><strong>TCP_SYN_FLOOD Attack Filter: </strong>Enter a value between 5 and 3600. The default value is 50. When the current TCP-SYN-FLOOD Packets numbers is beyond the set value, the Device will start up the blocking function immediately.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="685" height="163" class="wp-image-3188" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-81.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 81" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 356" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-81.jpeg 685w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-81-300x71.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 685px) 100vw, 685px" /></p>
<p>Blocked DoS</p>
<p>Host List</p>
<p>Click <em>Blocked DoS Host List</em> to display the blocked DoS host table including host IP and host MAC. Click <em>Refresh</em> to renewal the table list. Click <em>Clear</em> to release all the blocked hosts. If you want to release one or some of the blocked hosts, select them and Click <em>Unlock.</em></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark256"></a> Click <em>Save.</em></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark257"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark258"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark259"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark260"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark261"></a> Configure Access Control</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Access Control submenu is only available in AP Router Mode and AP Client Router (WISP Client) Mode.</p>
<p>The function can be used to control the internet activities of hosts in the local area network. For example, the online time limit and the specified web stations to visit can be controlled by the filtering policy.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark262"></a> Go to the <strong>Network </strong>page. In the <strong>Access Control </strong>section, enable Access Control and select the Filtering Policy.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="273" class="wp-image-3189" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-82.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 82" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 357" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-82.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-82-300x90.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-82-768x230.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Access Control</td>
<td>Enable or disable Access Control.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Filtering Policy</td>
<td>Select the filtering policy according to your need.</p>
<p><strong>Allow the packets specified by any enabled access control policy to pass through the Device: </strong>The hosts listed below are allowed to access the internet under the rules. While others are forbidden to access.</p>
<p><strong>Deny the packets specified by any enabled access control policy to pass through the Device: </strong>The hosts listed below are forbidden to access the internet under the rules. While others are allowed to access.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>2. Click <em>Add</em> and create the filtering entries.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="155" class="wp-image-3190" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-83.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 83" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 358" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-83.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-83-300x51.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-83-768x131.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable or disable the desired entry.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Protocol</td>
<td>Choose one of the protocols from the drop-down list used for the target, any of IP, TCP, UDP, or ICMP.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Host IP</td>
<td>Enter the IP address or address range of the hosts that you need to control, for example 192.168.0.12-192.168.0.25.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Target IP</td>
<td>Enter the IP address or address range of the targets that you need to control, for example 192.168.3.12-192.168.3.25.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Target Port</td>
<td>Specify the port or port range for the target when protocol is TCP or UDP.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Days of a week</td>
<td>Specify the days in which the rules take effect.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Time</td>
<td>Enter the time rule in HH:MM-HH:MM format, the default value is 00:00­24:00.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>3. Click <em>Save</em> and click <em>Apply,</em> then click <em>Save.</em></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark263"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark264"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark265"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark266"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark267"></a> Configure Static Routing</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Static Routing submenu is only available in AP Router Mode and AP Client Router (WISP Client) Mode.</p>
<p>A static route is a pre-determined path that network information must travel to reach a specific host or network. If static route is used properly in the network, it can decrease the network overhead and improve the speed of forwarding packets.</p>
<p>Static routing is generally suitable for simple network environment, in which users clearly understand the topology of the network so as to set the routing information correctly. When the network topology is complicated and users are not so familiar with the topology structure, this function should be used with caution or under the guidance of the experienced administrator.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark268"></a> Go to the <strong>Network </strong>page. In the <strong>Static Routing </strong>section, click <em>Add</em> and specify the following parameters.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="217" class="wp-image-3191" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-84.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 84" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 359" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-84.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-84-300x72.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-84-768x183.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable or disable the desired entry.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Target Network IP</td>
<td>Enter the Target Network IP, the address of the network or host to be visited. The IP address cannot be on the same network segment with the device&#8217;s WAN or LAN port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Netmask</td>
<td>Specify the netmask for the desired entry.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Gateway IP</td>
<td>Enter the Gateway IP, the address of the gateway that allows for contact between the Device and the network or host</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark269"></a> Click <em>Save</em> and click <em>Apply,</em> then click <em>Save.</em></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark270"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark271"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark272"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark273"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark274"></a> Configure Bandwidth Control</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Bandwidth Control submenu is only available in AP Router Mode and AP Client Router (WISP Client) Mode.</p>
<p>Bandwidth control function is used to control the internet bandwidth in the local area network. In the case of insufficient bandwidth resources, enable the function to make the device allocate reasonable bandwidth to the clients and achieve the purpose of efficient use of the existing bandwidth. Via IP bandwidth control function, set the upper and lower limit in the bandwidth of the computer network and guarantee a smooth sharing network.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark275"></a> Go to the <strong>Network </strong>page. In the <strong>Bandwidth Control </strong>section, enable the Bandwidth Control function.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="257" class="wp-image-3192" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-85.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 85" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 360" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-85.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-85-300x85.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-85-768x217.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<p>Total Ingress Specify the upper bandwidth for receiving packets from the WAN port.</p>
<p>Bandwidth</p>
<p>The maximum value is 100,000kbps.</p>
<p>Total Egress Specify the upper bandwidth for sending packets from the WAN port.</p>
<p>Bandwidth</p>
<p>The maximum value is 100,000kbps.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="170" class="wp-image-3193" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-86.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 86" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 361" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-86.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-86-300x56.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-86-768x143.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<p>2. Click <em>Add</em> and specify the following parameters.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Enable</td>
<td>Enable or disable the desired entry.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IP Range</td>
<td>Enter the IP Range of the target hosts which need to be controlled of bandwidth, for example 192.168.0.12-192.168.0.25.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Port Range</td>
<td>Enter the Port Range through which the target hosts visit external server, for example 1-63258.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Protocol</td>
<td>Choose one of the protocols used for this application: TCP, UDP, or TCP/ UDP.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Ingress Min (kbps)</td>
<td>Specify the minimum ingress bandwidth for the desired entry.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Ingress Max (kbps)</td>
<td>Specify the maximum ingress bandwidth for the desired entry.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Egress Min (kbps)</td>
<td>Specify the minimum egress bandwidth for the desired entry.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Egress Max Specify the maximum egress bandwidth for the desired entry. (kbps)</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark276"></a> Click <em>Save</em> and click <em>Apply,</em> then click <em>Save</em>.</li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark277"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark278"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark279"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark280"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark281"></a> Configure IP &amp; MAC Binding</li>
</ol>
<p>We can effectively prevent ARP attack and IP embezzlement by enabling the IP&amp;MAC binding. Within the local network, the device transmits IP packets to the certain target identified by the MAC address. Therefore, the IP and MAC address should be one-to- one correspondence and their corresponding relations are maintained by the ARP table. ARP attack can use forged information to renewal the ARP table, and destroy the corresponding relations between IP and MAC addresses, which would prevent the communication between the device and the corresponding host. When the IP&amp;MAC Binding function is enabled, the IP and MAC relations in the ARP table won’t be expired and renewed automatically, which effectively prevents the ARP attack.</p>
<p>Some functions such as access control and bandwidth control, are based on the IP addresses to identify the access clients. The network administrator can allocate every client a static IP, according to which he makes the access and bandwidth rules to control the clients’ online behavior and the bandwidth they’ve used. Some illegal users may change the IP address in order to get higher internet access. Enabling IP &amp; MAC binding function can effectively prevent the IP embezzlement.</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>After IP &amp; MAC binding function is enabled, the IP bound to the MAC cannot be used by other MACs. However this MAC can use other IPs within the same segment, which are not bounded by other MACs, to access the network.</p>
<p>1. Go to the <strong>Network </strong>page. In the <strong>IP &amp; MAC Binding </strong>section, click <em>Add</em> and specify the IP address and MAC address.</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Click <em>Import</em> to quick import the entries in ARP table to IP &amp; MAC Binding table. The imported entries are disabled by default. Select the desired entries and click <em>Edit</em> to enable it.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="236" class="wp-image-3194" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-87.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 87" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 362" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-87.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-87-300x78.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-87-768x199.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<p>IP</p>
<p>Enter the IP address that you want to bind with the MAC address.</p>
<p>MAC Enter the MAC address that you want to bind with the IP address.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark282"></a> Enable the desired entry and click <em>Save.</em> Click <em>Apply,</em> then click <em>Save.</em></li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-3107-bookmark283"></a> Configure the Wireless Parameters</p>
<p>This chapter introduces how to configure the parameters of the wireless network, including:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark284"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark291"><em>Configure Basic Wireless Parameters</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark285"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark296"><em>Configure Wireless Client Parameters</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark286"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark305"><em>Configure Wireless AP Parameters</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark287"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark315"><em>Configure Multi-SSID</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark288"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark318"><em>Configure Wireless MAC Filtering</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark289"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark290"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark320"><em>Configure Advanced Wireless Parameters</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark291"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark292"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark293"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark294"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark295"></a> Configure Basic Wireless Parameters</li>
</ol>
<p>This section allows you to configure wireless basic parameters, such as 802.11 mode, Transmit Power, and data rates.</p>
<p>Go to the <strong>Wireless </strong>Page. In the <strong>Basic Wireless Settings </strong>section, configure the basic wireless settings and click <em>Apply.</em> Then click <em>Save</em>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="939" height="284" class="wp-image-3195" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-88.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 88" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 363" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-88.jpeg 939w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-88-300x91.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-88-768x232.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 939px) 100vw, 939px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Region</td>
<td>Specify the region where you use the device. Available channels and maximum Transmit Power will be determined by the selected region according to the local laws and regulations.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Mode</td>
<td>Select the protocol standard used in the wireless network. To check what protocol standards your device supports, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>Certain devices have a frequency band of 2.4GHz, supporting 802.11b, 802.11g, 802.11n, 802.11b/g, and 802.11b/g/n modes. We recommend that you set the mode as 802.11b/g/n, allowing all 802.11b, 802.11g and 802.11n wireless stations to access the device.</p>
<p>Certain devices have a frequency band of 5GHz, supporting 802.11a, 802.11n, and 802.11a/n modes. We recommend that you set the mode as 802.11a/n, allowing both 802.11a and 802.11n wireless stations to access the device.</p>
<p>Certain devices have a frequency band of 5GHz, supporting 802.11ac, 802.11n/ac, and 802.11a/n/ac modes. We recommend that you set the mode as 802.11a/n/ac, allowing all 802.11a, 802.11n, and 802.11ac wireless stations to access the device.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Channel Width</td>
<td>Select the channel width of this device. To check what channel width your device supports, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>For certain devices, options include 5 MHz, 10 MHz, 20 MHz, 40 MHz and 20/40 MHz (the device automatically selects 40 MHz, and 20 MHz will be used if 40 MHz is not available).</p>
<p>For certain devices, options include 20 MHz, 40 MHz, 80 MHz and 20/40/80 MHz (the device automatically selects 80 MHz, and 40 MHz will be used if 80 MHz is not available, and so on).</p>
<p>According to IEEE 802.11n standard, using a wider channel can increase wireless throughput. However, you may need to choose lower bandwidth due to the following reasons:</p>
<ul>
<li>To increase the available number of channels within the limited total bandwidth.</li>
<li>To avoid interference from overlapping channels occupied by other devices in the environment.</li>
<li>Lower bandwidth can concentrate higher transmit power, increasing stability of wireless links over long distances.</li>
<li>In Client / AP Client Router / Repeater / Bridge Mode, the device should have the same channel width as the root AP.</li>
<li>In Access Point / AP Router / Repeater / Bridge Mode, select the channel width which your clients support.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Max TX Rate</td>
<td>Set the maximum transmit data rate.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel/ Frequency</td>
<td>Select appropriate channel used by this device to improve wireless performance. 1/2412 MHz refers to Channel 1 and the frequency is 2412 MHz. This setting is only available in Access Point Mode and AP Router Mode. We highly recommend that you use the <em>Spectrum Analysis</em> tool to select a proper channel.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Antenna</td>
<td>Select your antenna from the list.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Antenna Gain</td>
<td>Antenna Gain is only available in WBS products. Enter the antenna gain value according to the antennas and the value ranges from 0 to 30dBi. It can work together with the transmit power to improve the transmit signal quality.</p>
<p>Channel/Frequency: Auto O</p>
<p>Antenna Gain: 0 (0-30)dBi</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>EIRP Limit</td>
<td>This option should remain enabled. With EIRP Limit enabled, the transmit power is restricted so that the EIRP (Effecitive Isotropic Radiated Power) of the device is kept below the amount which is allowed in the selected region.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Channel</p>
<p>Shifting</td>
<td><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Channel Shifting is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>Enable or disable the Channel Shifting function. This function is only available when MAXtream is enabled in Access Point Mode and AP Router Mode. Channel Shifting is a TP-Link proprietary technology. With Channel Shifting enabled, the AP will use non-standard channels by adding a frequency offset to the standard 802.11 b/g/n channels.</p>
<p>Your network can then only be detected by the wireless devices with Channel Shifting enabled and so is less likely to be detected by other wireless networks, which benefits network security.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Transmit Power</td>
<td><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>In most scenarios, it is unnecessary to select the maximum transmit power. Selecting larger transmit power than your need may cause interference to neighborhood. Also it consumes more power and will reduce longevity of the device. Select appropriate transmit power to achieve the best performance. Use the <em>Speed Test</em> tool to find the best performance.</p>
<p>Specify the transmit power of the device. Use the slider or manually enter the transmit power value. For Outdoor Wireless Base Stations, the maximum transmit power varies according to the antenna gain value.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>MAXtream</td>
<td><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>MAXtream is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</li>
<li>MAXtream Technology is only compatible with Pharos series products. Working with products from other manufacturer will cause network fault.</li>
</ul>
<p>Enable or disable the MAXtream function. This function is only available in Access Point Mode and AP Router Mode. MAXtream is a TP-Link proprietary technology. It is based on TDMA (Time Division Multiple Access) so that data streams are transmitted in their own time slots. MAXtream aims to maximize throughput and minimize latency. &#8220;Hidden nodes&#8221; problem can also be eliminated with MAXtream enabled.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>MAXtream</p>
<p>Station Mode</td>
<td><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>MAXtream is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>MAXtream Station Mode is available in Client Mode, Bridge Mode and AP Client Router Mode with the wireless AP settings disabled.</p>
<p><strong>Auto Adjust: </strong>The device will choose the MAXtream Station Mode automatically.</p>
<p><strong>Latency First: </strong>Set the MAXtream Station Mode as Latency First and the time sensitive stream such as VoIP will take precedence in MAXtream system.</p>
<p><strong>Throughput First: </strong>Set the MAXtream Station Mode as Throughput First and the stream that needs high throughput such as online games will take precedence in MAXtream system.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark296"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark297"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark298"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark299"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark300"></a> Configure Wireless Client Parameters</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Wireless Client Settings submenu is only available in Client, Repeater, Bridge and AP Client Router (WISP Client) Mode.</p>
<p>In this section, configure wireless client parameters used for the connection with the root AP.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="939" height="153" class="wp-image-3196" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-89.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 89" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 364" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-89.jpeg 939w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-89-300x49.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-89-768x125.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 939px) 100vw, 939px" /></p>
<p>1. Go to the <strong>Wireless </strong>Page. In the <strong>Wireless Client Settings </strong>section, configure the following parameters.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>SSID of AP</td>
<td>Specify the SSID of the root AP. You can enter the SSID of the specific AP manually, or directly survey all the APs around by clicking <em>Survey</em> and select one.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>MAC of AP</td>
<td>Displays the MAC address of the root AP. It&#8217;s possible that two or more networks use the same SSID in the AP list. Enable <strong>Lock to AP </strong>to select SSID and AP simultaneously, which can make the device connect to the specific AP you had connected before the next time.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>WDS</td>
<td>Displays the status of the WDS (Wireless distribution System) function. WDS is a communication system among multiple wireless networks . It is established between APs through wireless connection. WDS is used to during the connection between the device and the root AP.</p>
<p><strong>Enable: </strong>Forward data frames to use four address fields.</p>
<p><strong>Disable: </strong>Forward data frames to use three address fields.</p>
<p><strong>Auto: </strong>The device automatically negotiates the wireless data frame structure (three or four address fields) with the root AP. The selection of Auto is recommended.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark301"></a> Specify the security mode. Make sure the security mode and the related parameters are the same as the upstream wireless network’s.</li>
</ol>
<p>■ <strong>None</strong></p>
<p>Select this option if the root AP has no encryption. When connecting to the root AP, it’s no need to enter a password to access the wireless network.</p>
<p>■ <strong>WEP</strong></p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark302"></a> WEP is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark303"></a> WEP is not supported in 802.11n mode or 802.11ac mode. If WEP is applied in 802.11n, 802.11 ac or 802.11n/ac mixed mode, the clients may not be able to access the wireless network. If WEP is applied in 802.11b/g/n mode (2.4GHz) or 802.11a/n (5GHz), the device may work at a low transmission rate.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="377" height="117" class="wp-image-3197" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-90.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 90" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 365" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-90.jpeg 377w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-90-300x93.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 377px) 100vw, 377px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="215" height="192" class="wp-image-3198" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-91.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 91" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 366"> WEP (Wired Equivalent Privacy) is a traditional encryption method. It has been proved that WEP has security flaws and can easily be cracked, so WEP is rarely used in normal wireless network. Select this option if the security mode of the root AP is WEP.</p>
<p>Key Selected:</p>
<p>Key 1: tS)</p>
<p>Key 2:</p>
<p>Key 3:</p>
<p>Key 4:</p>
<p>Key Type</p>
<p>Disaolec</p>
<p>Disaolec</p>
<p>Disaolec</p>
<p>Disaolec</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Auth Type</td>
<td>Select the authentication type for WEP.</p>
<p><strong>Auto: </strong>The device can select Open System or Shared Key automatically according to the wireless network of the root AP.</p>
<p><strong>Open System: </strong>The device can pass the authentication and associate with the root wireless network without password. However, correct password is necessary for data transmission.</p>
<p><strong>Shared Key: </strong>The device needs the correct password to pass the authentication, otherwise the device cannot associate with the root wireless network or transmit data.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Key Format</td>
<td>Select ASCII or Hex as the WEP key format.</p>
<p><strong>ASCII: </strong>With this format selected, the WEP key can be any combination of keyboard characters of the specified length.</p>
<p><strong>Hex: </strong>With this format selected, the WEP key can be any combination of hexadecimal digits (0-9, a-f, A-F) with the specified length.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Key Selected</td>
<td>Select one key to specify. You can configure four keys at most.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>WEP Key</td>
<td>Enter the WEP keys. The length and valid characters are determined by the key format and key type.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Key Type</td>
<td>Select the WEP key length for encryption.</p>
<p><strong>64Bit: </strong>Enter 10 hexadecimal digits or 5 ASCII characters.</p>
<p><strong>128Bit: </strong>Enter 26 hexadecimal digits or 13 ASCII characters.</p>
<p><strong>152Bit: </strong>Enter 32 hexadecimal digits or 16 ASCII characters.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>■ <strong>WPA</strong></p>
<p>WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access) is a safer encryption method compared with WEP and WAP- PSK. It requires a RADIUS server to authenticate the clients via 802.1X and EAP (Extensible Authentication Protocol). WPA can generate different passwords for different clients, which ensures higher network security. But it also costs more to maintain the network, so it is more suitable for business networks.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="557" height="305" class="wp-image-3199" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-92.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 92" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 367" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-92.jpeg 557w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-92-300x164.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 557px) 100vw, 557px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Auto: </strong>The device will automatically choose the version used by the root AP.</p>
<p><strong>WPA/WPA2: </strong>They&#8217;re two versions of WPA security mode. WPA2 is an update of WPA. Compared with WPA, WPA2 introduces AES algorithm and CCMP encryption. Theoretically, WPA2 is securer than WPA.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Encryption</td>
<td><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>TKIP is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>Select the Encryption type.</p>
<p><strong>Auto: </strong>The default setting is Auto and the device will select TKIP or AES automatically according to the wireless network of root AP.</p>
<p><strong>TKIP: </strong>Temporal Key Integrity Protocol. TKIP is not supported in 802.11n mode, 802.11ac mode or 802.11 n/ac mixed mode. If TKIP is applied in 802.11n, 802.11 ac or 802.11n/ac mixed mode, the device may not be able to access the root wireless network. If TKIP is applied in 11b/ g/n mode (2.4GHz) or 11a/n mode(5GHz), the device may work at a low transmission rate.</p>
<p><strong>AES: </strong>Advanced Encryption Standard. It is securer than TKIP.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Authentication</td>
<td>Select the type of the authentication.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Phase 2 Auth</td>
<td>Select the type of Phase 2 Auth. The device only supports MSCHAPV2 currently.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>WPA User</p>
<p>Name</td>
<td>Specify the WPA User Name used in the connection with the root AP.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Version</p>
<p>Select the version of WPA.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>WPA User</p>
<p>Password</td>
<td>Specify the WPA User Password used in the connection with the root AP.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>■ <strong>WPA-PSK</strong></p>
<p>WPA-PSK (Wi-Fi Protected Access-PSK) is based on a pre-shared key. It is characterized by high safety and simple settings, so it is mostly used by common households and small businesses.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="497" height="185" class="wp-image-3200" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-93.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 93" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 368" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-93.jpeg 497w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-93-300x112.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 497px) 100vw, 497px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>Select the version of WPA-PSK.</p>
<p>WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK: They&#8217;re two versions of WPA-PSK security mode. WPA2-PSK is an update of WPA-PSK. Compared with WPA, Theoretically, WPA2 is securer than WPA.</p>
<p><strong>Auto: </strong>The device will automatically choose the version used by the root AP.</p>
<p><strong>WPA/WPA2: </strong>They&#8217;re two versions of WPA-PSK security mode normally called WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK. WPA2-PSK is an update of WPA-PSK. Compared with WPA-PSK, theoretically, WPA2-PSK is securer than WPA-PSK.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Encryption</td>
<td><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>TKIP is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>Select the Encryption type.</p>
<p><strong>Auto: </strong>The default setting is Auto and the device will select TKIP or AES automatically according to the wireless network of root AP.</p>
<p><strong>TKIP: </strong>Temporal Key Integrity Protocol. TKIP is not supported in 802.11n mode, 802.11ac mode or 802.11 n/ac mixed mode. If TKIP is applied in 802.11n, 802.11 ac or 802.11n/ac mixed mode, the device may not be able to access the root wireless network. If TKIP is applied in 11b/ g/n mode (2.4GHz) or 11a/n mode(5GHz), the device may work at a low transmission rate.</p>
<p><strong>AES: </strong>Advanced Encryption Standard. It is securer than TKIP.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>PSK Password</td>
<td>Specify the PSK password used in the connection with the root AP.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Version</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark304"></a> Click <em>Apply,</em> then click <em>Save.</em></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark305"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark306"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark307"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark308"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark309"></a> Configure Wireless AP Parameters</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Wireless AP Settings submenu is only available in Access Point, Bridge, AP Router and AP Client Router (WISP Client) Mode.</p>
<p>In this section, configure wireless AP parameters used for the connection with the clients.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="939" height="296" class="wp-image-3201" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-94.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 94" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 369" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-94.jpeg 939w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-94-300x95.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-94-768x242.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 939px) 100vw, 939px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark310"></a> Go to the <strong>Wireless </strong>Page. In the <strong>Wireless AP Settings </strong>section, specify the SSID.</li>
</ol>
<p>Enable SSID Enable or disable SSID broadcast. With this function enabled, the device <sup>Broadcast</sup> will broadcast the SSID periodically.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark311"></a> Specify the security mode used for the clients to access the wireless network.</li>
</ol>
<p>■ <strong>None</strong></p>
<p>Select <strong>None </strong>when you want an open network without wireless security. In this mode, network data is not encrypted, but you can still authenticate clients by enabling the RADIUS MAC Authentication function.</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>RADIUS MAC Authentication is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>RADIUS MAC Authentication 3 Enable Q</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="327" height="290" class="wp-image-3202" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-95.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 95" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 370" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-95.jpeg 327w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-95-300x266.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 327px) 100vw, 327px" /></p>
<p>Authentication Server I<sup>3</sup></p>
<p>Authent cation Server Pert</p>
<p>Authentication Server Key:</p>
<p>Accounting Server I<sup>3</sup></p>
<p>.Accounting Server Port</p>
<p>Accounting Server Key</p>
<p>Accounting Server</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>RADIUS MAC Authentication</td>
<td>Enable or disable the Radius MAC authentication. With this feature enabled, you can authenticate clients using their MAC addresses on your RADIUS authentication server.</p>
<p>Remember to log into your RADIUS authentication server and create authentication entries whose username and password are both the access-enabled clients&#8217; MAC address (for MAC address 11-22-33-AA- BB-CC, create an authentication entry whose username and password are both 112233aabbcc on the RADIUS server).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Authentication</p>
<p>Server IP</td>
<td>Enter the IP address of the RADIUS authentication server.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Authentication</p>
<p>Server Port</td>
<td>Enter the UDP port of the RADIUS authentication server. The most commonly used port is the default, 1812, but this may vary depending on the RADIUS authentication server you are using.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Authentication</p>
<p>Server Key</td>
<td>Enter the shared key used between this device and the authentication server. The shared key is a case-sensitive text string used to validate communication between this device and the RADIUS authentication server.</p>
<p>Check the <strong>Show </strong>box to view the shared key characters.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Accounting</p>
<p>Server</td>
<td>Enable or disable Accounting Server. With this feature enabled, you can keep accounts on users using a RADIUS accounting server.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Accounting</p>
<p>Server IP</td>
<td>Enter the IP address of the RADIUS accounting server.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Accounting</p>
<p>Server Port</td>
<td>Enter the UDP port of the RADIUS accounting server. The most commonly used port is 1813, but this may vary depending on the RADIUS accounting server you are using.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Accounting</p>
<p>Server Key</td>
<td>Enter the password used between this device and the RADIUS accounting server. The shared key is a case-sensitive text string used to validate communication between this device and the RADIUS accounting server.</p>
<p>Check the <strong>Show </strong>box to view the shared key characters.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>■ <strong>WEP</strong></p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark312"></a> WEP is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark313"></a> WEP is not supported in 802.11n mode or 802.11ac mode. If WEP is applied in 802.11n, 802.11 ac or 802.11n/ac mixed mode, the clients may not be able to access the wireless network. If WEP is applied in 802.11b/g/n mode (2.4GHz) or 802.11a/n (5GHz), the device may work at a low transmission rate.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="377" height="117" class="wp-image-3203" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-96.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 96" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 371" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-96.jpeg 377w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-96-300x93.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 377px) 100vw, 377px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="215" height="192" class="wp-image-3204" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-97.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 97" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 372"> WEP (Wired Equivalent Privacy) is a traditional encryption method. It has been proved that WEP has security flaws and can easily be cracked, so WEP cannot provide effective protection for wireless networks. Since WPA-PSK and WPA-Enterprise are much safer than WEP, we recommend that you choose WPA-PSK or WPA-Enterprise if your clients also support them.</p>
<p>Key Selected:</p>
<p>Key 1: tS)</p>
<p>Key 2:</p>
<p>Key 3:</p>
<p>Key 4:</p>
<p>Key Type</p>
<p>Disaolec</p>
<p>Disaolec</p>
<p>Disaolec</p>
<p>Disaolea</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Auth Type</td>
<td>Select the authentication type for WEP.</p>
<p><strong>Auto: </strong>The device can select Open System or Shared Key automatically based on the wireless capability and request of the clients.</p>
<p><strong>Open System: </strong>Clients can pass the authentication and associate with the wireless network without password. However, correct password is necessary for data transmission.</p>
<p><strong>Shared Key: </strong>Clients have to input the correct password to pass the authentication, otherwise the clients cannot associate with the wireless network or transmit data.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Key Format</td>
<td>Select ASCII or Hex as the WEP key format.</p>
<p><strong>ASCII: </strong>With this format selected, the WEP key can be any combination of keyboard characters of the specified length.</p>
<p><strong>Hex: </strong>With this format selected, the WEP key can be any combination of hexadecimal digits (0-9, a-f, A-F) with the specified length.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Key Selected</td>
<td>Select one key to specify. You can configure four keys at most.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>WEP Key</td>
<td>Enter the WEP keys. The length and valid characters are determined by the key format and key type.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Key Type</td>
<td>Select the WEP key length for encryption.</p>
<p><strong>64Bit: </strong>Enter 10 hexadecimal digits or 5 ASCII characters.</p>
<p><strong>128Bit: </strong>Enter 26 hexadecimal digits or 13 ASCII characters.</p>
<p><strong>152Bit: </strong>Enter 32 hexadecimal digits or 16 ASCII characters.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>■ <strong>WPA</strong></p>
<p>WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access) is a safer encryption method compared with WEP and WAP- PSK. It requires a RADIUS server to authenticate the clients via 802.1X and EAP (Extensible Authentication Protocol). WPA can generate different passwords for different clients, which ensures higher network security. But it also costs more to maintain the network, so it is more suitable for business networks.</p>
<p><strong>1^&#8221;&#8221; Note:</strong></p>
<p>Accounting Server is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>Version</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3">Security Mode</p>
<p>Vtersion</p>
<p>Encryption</td>
<td>WPA</td>
<td rowspan="3">D D D</td>
<td rowspan="3"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Auto</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Auto</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Authentication Server IP</td>
<td colspan="2">IJ 0 IJ 0</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Authent cation Server Port:</td>
<td colspan="2">1812</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Authentic a: on Server Key:</td>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td>L Show</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Group Key Update Period</td>
<td colspan="2">0</td>
<td>seconds. (0 means no update.)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">Accounting Server ** =nable <strong>0</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Accounting Server IP</td>
<td colspan="2">a a a a</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>.Accounting Server Port</td>
<td colspan="2">1813</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Account ng Server Key:</td>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td>L Show</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Select the version of WPA.</p>
<p><strong>Auto: </strong>The device will automatically choose the version used by each client device.</p>
<p><strong>WPA/WPA2: </strong>They&#8217;re two versions of WPA security mode. WPA2 is an update of WPA. Compared with WPA, WPA2 introduces AES algorithm and CCMP encryption. Theoretically, WPA2 is securer than WPA.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Encryption</td>
<td><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>TKIP is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>Select the Encryption type.</p>
<p><strong>Auto: </strong>The default setting is Auto and the device will select TKIP or AES automatically based on the client device&#8217;s request.</p>
<p><strong>TKIP: </strong>Temporal Key Integrity Protocol. TKIP is not supported in 802.11n mode, 802.11ac mode or 802.11 n/ac mixed mode. If TKIP is applied in 802.11n, 802.11 ac or 802.11n/ac mixed mode, the device may not be able to access the root wireless network. If TKIP is applied in 11b/ g/n mode (2.4GHz) or 11a/n mode(5GHz), the device may work at a low transmission rate.</p>
<p><strong>AES: </strong>Advanced Encryption Standard. It is securer than TKIP.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Authentication</p>
<p>Server IP</td>
<td>Enter the IP address of the Radius Authentication Server.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Authentication</p>
<p>Server Port</td>
<td>Enter the UDP port of the RADIUS authentication server. The most commonly used port is 1812, but this may vary depending on the RADIUS authentication server you are using.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Authentication</p>
<p>Server Key</td>
<td>Enter the shared key used between this device and the authentication server. The shared key is a case-sensitive text string used to validate communication between this device and the RADIUS authentication server.</p>
<p>Check the <strong>Show </strong>box to view the shared key characters.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Group Key Update Period</td>
<td>Specify an update period of the encryption key. The update period instructs how often the device should change the encryption key. 0 means that the encryption key does not change at anytime.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Accounting</p>
<p>Server</td>
<td>Enable or disable Accounting Server. With this feature enabled, you can keep accounts on users using a RADIUS accounting server.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Accounting</p>
<p>Server IP</td>
<td>Enter the IP address of the RADIUS accounting server.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Accounting</p>
<p>Server Port</td>
<td>Enter the UDP port of the RADIUS accounting server. The most commonly used port is 1813, but this may vary depending on the RADIUS accounting server you are using.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Accounting</p>
<p>Server Key</td>
<td>Enter the password used between this device and the RADIUS accounting server. The shared key is a case-sensitive text string used to validate communication between this device and the RADIUS accounting server.</p>
<p>Check the <strong>Show </strong>box to view the shared key characters.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>■ <strong>WPA-PSK</strong></p>
<p>WPA-PSK (Wi-Fi Protected Access-PSK) is based on a pre-shared key. It is characterized by high safety and simple settings, so it is mostly used by common households and small businesses.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="738" height="213" class="wp-image-3205" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-98.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 98" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 373" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-98.jpeg 738w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-98-300x87.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 738px) 100vw, 738px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Version</td>
<td><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>Select the version of WPA-PSK.</p>
<p><strong>WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK</strong>: They&#8217;re two versions of WPA-PSK security mode. WPA2-PSK is an update of WPA-PSK. Compared with WPA, theoretically, WPA2 is securer than WPA.</p>
<p><strong>Auto: </strong>The device will automatically choose the version used by the root AP.</p>
<p><strong>WPA/WPA2: </strong>They&#8217;re two versions of WPA-PSK security mode normally called WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK. WPA2-PSK is an update of WPA-PSK. Compared with WPA-PSK, theoretically, WPA2-PSK is securer than WPA-PSK.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Encryption</td>
<td><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>TKIP is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>Select the Encryption type.</p>
<p><strong>Auto: </strong>The default setting is Auto and the device will select TKIP or AES automatically according to the wireless network of root AP.</p>
<p><strong>TKIP: </strong>Temporal Key Integrity Protocol. TKIP is not supported in 802.11n mode, 802.11ac mode or 802.11 n/ac mixed mode. If TKIP is applied in 802.11n, 802.11 ac or 802.11n/ac mixed mode, the device may not be able to access the root wireless network. If TKIP is applied in 11b/ g/n mode (2.4GHz) or 11a/n mode(5GHz), the device may work at a low transmission rate.</p>
<p><strong>AES: </strong>Advanced Encryption Standard. It is securer than TKIP.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>PSK Password</td>
<td>Specify the PSK password used in the connection with the clients.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Group Key Specify an update period of the encryption key. The update period Update P<sup>eriod</sup> instructs how often the device should change the encryption key. 0</p>
<p>means that the encryption key does not change at anytime.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark314"></a> Click <em>Apply,</em> then click <em>Save.</em></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark315"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark316"></a> Configure Multi-SSID</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Multi-SSID submenu is only available in Access Point Mode.</p>
<p>The device can build up to four virtual wireless networks for users to access. When the Multi-SSID function is enabled, the VLAN function is enabled at the same time. It can work together with switches supporting 802.1 Q VLAN and supports maximum four VLANs. The device adds different VLAN tag to the clients which connect to the corresponding wireless network. The clients in different VLANs cannot directly communicate with each other.</p>
<p>The wired client can communicate with all the wireless clients despite the VLAN settings.</p>
<p>1. Go to the <strong>Wireless </strong>page. In the <strong>Multi-SSID </strong>section, Enable Multi-SSID. Click <em>Add</em> and create a new wireless network.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="273" class="wp-image-3206" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-99.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 99" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 374" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-99.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-99-300x90.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-99-768x230.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>SSID</td>
<td>Specify the SSID of the wireless network.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>VLAN</td>
<td>Specify the VLAN to which the new wireless network belongs. The valid value ranges from 1 to 4094.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>SSID Broadcast</td>
<td>Enable or disable SSID broadcast . With this feature enabled, the device will broadcast the SSID.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>AP Isolation</td>
<td>Enable or disable AP Isolation. With this feature enabled, all the hosts cannot communicate with each other.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>2. Select the desired SSID and specify the Security Mode.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="202" class="wp-image-3207" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-100.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 100" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 375" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-100.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-100-300x67.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-100-768x170.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>SSID</td>
<td>Select the desired SSID to specify the security settings.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Security Mode</td>
<td>Specify the security mode for the desired SSID. The device only supports WPA-PSK.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Version</td>
<td><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>Select the version of WPA-PSK.</p>
<p>WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK: They&#8217;re two versions of WPA-PSK security mode. WPA2-PSK is an update of WPA-PSK. Compared with WPA, Theoretically, WPA2 is securer than WPA.</p>
<p><strong>Auto: </strong>The device will automatically choose the version used by the root AP.</p>
<p><strong>WPA/WPA2: </strong>They&#8217;re two versions of WPA-PSK security mode normally called WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK. WPA2-PSK is an update of WPA-PSK. Compared with WPA-PSK, theoretically, WPA2-PSK is securer than WPA-PSK.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Encryption</td>
<td><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>TKIP is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>Select the Encryption type.</p>
<p><strong>Auto: </strong>The default setting is Auto and the device will select TKIP or AES automatically according to the wireless network of root AP.</p>
<p><strong>TKIP: </strong>Temporal Key Integrity Protocol. TKIP is not supported in 802.11n mode, 802.11ac mode or 802.11 n/ac mixed mode. If TKIP is applied in 802.11n, 802.11 ac or 802.11n/ac mixed mode, the device may not be able to access the root wireless network. If TKIP is applied in 11b/ g/n mode (2.4GHz) or 11a/n mode(5GHz), the device may work at a low transmission rate.</p>
<p><strong>AES: </strong>Advanced Encryption Standard. It is securer than TKIP.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>PSK Password</td>
<td>Specify the PSK password used in the connection with the clients.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Specify an update period of the encryption key. The update period instructs how often the device should change the encryption key. 0 means that the encryption key does not change at anytime.</p>
<p>Group Key Update Period</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark317"></a> Click <em>Apply,</em> then click <em>Save.</em></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark318"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark319"></a> Configure Wireless MAC Filtering</li>
</ol>
<p>Wireless MAC Filtering function uses MAC addresses to determine whether one host can access the wireless network or not. Thereby it can effectively control the user access in the wireless network. This function is available in all modes except the Client Mode.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="279" class="wp-image-3208" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-101.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 101" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 376" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-101.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-101-300x92.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-101-768x235.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /> 1. Go to the <strong>Wireless </strong>page. In the <strong>Wireless MAC Filtering </strong>section, enable this feature and specify the filtering rule.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Wireless MAC Filtering</td>
<td>Enable or disable the Wireless MAC Filtering function.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="910" height="155" class="wp-image-3209" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-102.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 102" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 377" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-102.jpeg 910w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-102-300x51.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-102-768x131.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 910px) 100vw, 910px" /></p>
<p>2. Click <em>Add</em> and specify the following parameters.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Filtering Rules</td>
<td>Specify the filtering rules.</p>
<p><strong>Allow the stations specified by any enabled entries in the list to access the network: </strong>The stations listed in the table are allowed to access the wireless network under the rules. While others are forbidden to access.</p>
<p><strong>Deny the stations specified by any enabled entries in the list to access the network: </strong>The stations listed in the table are forbidden to access the wireless network under the rules. While others are allowed to access.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Enable Enable or disable the desired entry.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>SSID</td>
<td>Select te SSID to which the filtering rules apply. In AP Mode, if Multi-SSID is enabled, you should set different filtering rules for each SSID.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>MAC</td>
<td>Enter the MAC address of the wireless host that you need to filter.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Comment</td>
<td>Enter the description information for the filtering rule</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>3. Click <em>Save</em> and click <em>Apply.</em> Then click <em>Save.</em></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark320"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark321"></a> Configure Advanced Wireless Parameters</li>
</ol>
<p>This section is used to specify the advanced wireless parameters, such as Beacon Interval, RTS threshold and DTIM Interval.</p>
<p>Go to the <strong>Wireless </strong>page. In the <strong>Advanced Wireless Settings </strong>section, specify the following parameters and click <em>Apply.</em> Then click <em>Save.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="939" height="368" class="wp-image-3210" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-103.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 103" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 378" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-103.jpeg 939w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-103-300x118.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-103-768x301.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 939px) 100vw, 939px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Distance</p>
<p>Setting</td>
<td>Specify the distance between AP and Station. If this device serves as a client, the value is the distance between this device and the root AP. If this device serves as an AP, the value is the distance between the farthest client and this AP.</p>
<p>You can manually enter the value or enable the Auto option.</p>
<p><strong>Manual: </strong>Enter the distance manually in the input box. The value is limited to 0-200km, and we recommend you set the value to 110% of the real distance.</p>
<p><strong>Auto (Only works within 0-xx km): </strong>Check the Auto option, then the system will dynamically detect the distance. This function is available only when the distance is less than xx kilometers. The value xx varies according to the channel width you set. CPE210 does not support this option.</p>
<p>The distance value will be converted to a corresponding ACK timeout value, and the ACK timeout value will influence the throughput performance to a large extent.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Long Range PtP</td>
<td><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Long Range PtP is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>Long Rage PtP is only available when MAXtream function is enabled. With this function enabled, it is allowed to specify a larger distance which can be helpful in the following situations:</p>
<ul>
<li>The AP is connected to a single client or AP.</li>
<li>The distance between the two devices exceeds the distance allowed by the AP&#8217;s hardware specifications.</li>
</ul>
<p>The distance is used to calculate the Acknowledge timeout (ACK timeout). Long Range PtP allows the AP to get a larger ACK timeout and reduce unnecessary retransmission in the situations above.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Beacon Interval</td>
<td>Specify the beacon interval for the device. Beacons are transmitted periodically by the device to announce the presence of a wireless network for the clients. Beacon Interval value determines the time interval of the beacons sent by the device. Specify a value from 40 to 1,000. The default value is 100.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RTS Threshold</td>
<td>Specify the RTS threshold for the device.</p>
<p>RTS/CTS (Request to Send/Clear to Send) is used to improve the data transmission efficiency of the network with hidden nodes, especially when there are lots of large packets to be transmitted.</p>
<p>When the size of a data packet is larger than the RTS Threshold, the RTS/ CTS mechanism will be activated. With this mechanism activated, before sending a data packet, the client will send an RTS packet to the device to request data transmitting. And then the device will send CTS packet to inform other clients to delay their data transmitting. In this way, packet collisions can be avoided.</p>
<p>For a busy network with hidden nodes, a low threshold value will help reduce interference and packet collisions. But for a not-so-busy network, a too low threshold value will cause bandwidth wasting and reduce the data throughput.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Fragmentation</p>
<p>Threshold</td>
<td>Specify the fragmentation threshold for packets.</p>
<p>The fragmentation function can limit the size of packets transmitted over the network. If the size of a packet exceeds the Fragmentation Threshold, the fragmentation function is activated and the packet will be fragmented into several packets.</p>
<p>Fragmentation helps improve network performance if properly configured. However, a too low fragmentation threshold may result in poor wireless performance caused by the extra work of dividing up and reassembling of frames and increased message traffic. The recommended and default value is 2346 bytes.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>DTIM Interval</td>
<td>Specify the DTIM (Delivery Traffic Indication Message) Interval for the device.</p>
<p>The DTIM is contained in some Beacon frames. It indicates whether the device has buffered data for client devices. The <strong>DTIM Period </strong>indicates how often the clients served by this device should check for buffered data still on the device awaiting pickup.</p>
<p>Specify the value between 1-255 Beacon Intervals. The default value is 1, indicating that clients check for buffered data at every beacon. An excessive DTIM interval may reduce the performance of multicast applications, so we recommend you keep the default value.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>AP Isolation</td>
<td>Enable or disable AP Isolation. With this feature enabled, the clients can not communicate with each other directly.</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>AP Isolation is not available in Client Mode.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Short GI</td>
<td>Enable or disable Short GI.</p>
<p>Propagation delays often occurs in data transmission process and influence the capability of the wireless network. It can result from multiple factors, such as multipath effect. GI (Guard Interval) is intended to solve the problem based on delays, and Short GI is used to improve the throughput of the wireless network based on the GI in the environment with small delays.</p>
<p>When the delays are small. When Short GI is enabled, the guard interval will be set as 400ns and this function will boost the performance about 11%. In the with serious multipath time delay. Short GI function will reduce the throughput instead of improving it.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Wi-Fi Multimedia (WMM)</td>
<td>Enable or disable WMM. With WMM enabled, the system will prioritize traffic according to the data type when forwarding data. Time-dependent traffic, such as video or audio packets, gets a higher priority than normal traffic.</p>
<p>We recommend you enable this function when you are running the video or audio application.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>QoS</td>
<td>Enable or disable QoS. The QoS function improves the transmission performance of video or audio traffic by optimizing the scheduling policy between the AP and the clients.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Manage the Device</p>
<p>The device provides powerful functions of management and maintenance. This chapter introduces how to manage the device, including:</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark322"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark323"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark324"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark325"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark332"><em>Manage System Logs</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark326"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark334"><em>Specify the Miscellaneous Parameters</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark327"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark337"><em>Configure Ping Watch Dog</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark328"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark339"><em>Configure Dynamic DNS</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark329"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark341"><em>Configure Web Server</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark330"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark343"><em>Configure SNMP Agent</em></a></li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p><a href="#post-3107-bookmark345"><em>67 Configure SSH Server</em></a></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark331"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark347"><em>Configure RSSI LED Thresholds</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark332"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark333"></a> Manage System Logs</li>
</ol>
<p>System logs record the events and activities while the device is running. If a failure happens on the device, System logs can help to diagnose the issue.</p>
<p>1. Go to the <strong>Management </strong>page. In the <strong>System Log </strong>section, perform the following operations.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="472" height="212" class="wp-image-3211" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-104.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 104" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 379" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-104.jpeg 472w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-104-300x135.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 472px) 100vw, 472px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="674" height="417" class="wp-image-3212" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-105.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 105" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 380" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-105.jpeg 674w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-105-300x186.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-105-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 674px) 100vw, 674px" /></p>
<p>Open System Log</p>
<p>Click the <em>Open</em> button to view the system log.</p>
<p>This page displays detailed system logs that can be sorted on columns by ascending or descending order. Columns can be chosen from Time, Type, Level, and Message.</p>
<p>Download to PC Click the <em>Download</em> button to download the system logs to your PC.</p>
<p>2. Click the <em>Setting</em> button to specify the Auto Mail Settings.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="911" height="556" class="wp-image-3213" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-106.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 106" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 381" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-106.jpeg 911w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-106-300x183.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-106-768x469.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 911px) 100vw, 911px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>From</td>
<td>Enter the sender&#8217;s E-mail address.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>To</td>
<td>Enter the receiver&#8217;s E-mail address.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>SMTP Server</td>
<td>Enter the IP address of the sender&#8217;s SMTP server.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Authentication</td>
<td>Enable or disable the authentication function. If the sender&#8217;s mailbox is configured, check the box to enable mail server authentication. Enter the sender&#8217;s username and password.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Auto Mail Feature</td>
<td>Enable or disable Auto Mail Feature. With this feature enabled, specify the way for the device to send the system log.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark334"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark335"></a> Specify the Miscellaneous Parameters</li>
</ol>
<p>This section is used to specify miscellaneous parameters.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark336"></a> Go to the <strong>Management </strong>Page. In the <strong>Miscellaneous </strong>section, configure the following features and click <em>Apply.</em></li>
</ol>
<p>Miscellaneous</p>
<p><strong>Discovery: 3 Enable </strong>0</p>
<p><strong>CDP: 13 Enable <em>Q</em></strong></p>
<p>Apply</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Discovery</td>
<td>Enable or disable Discovery. With this feature enabled, TP-Link Pharos Control software can discover the device. Pharos Control is a network management software developed independently by TP-Link and it currently supports Pharos series products. It can centralize monitoring and managing network devices in the network platform</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CDP</td>
<td>Enable or disable CDP. With this function enabled, this device can share its information with the neighboring devices that support CDP (Cisco Discovery Protocol, a device discovery protocol developed by Cisco).</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>2. Click <em>Save.</em></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark337"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark338"></a> Configure Ping Watch Dog</li>
</ol>
<p>Ping Watch Dog sets the device to continuously ping a user-defined IP address (it can be the internet gateway, for example) to check the network connectivity. If there is a connection failure then the device will automatically reboot.</p>
<p>Ping Watch Dog is dedicated to continuously monitoring the connectivity to a specific host using the Ping tool. The Ping tool sends ICMP echo request packets to the target host and listens for ICMP echo response. If the defined number of replies is not received, the tool reboots the device.</p>
<p>1. Go to the <strong>Management </strong>Page. In the <strong>Ping Watch Dog </strong>section, Enable this feature and configure the following features. Click <em>Apply.</em></p>
<p><strong>Ping Watch Dog</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">Ping Watch Dog: &gt;] Enable</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IP Address To Ping:</td>
<td>0 00 0</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Fing Interval:</td>
<td>300</td>
<td>(10-300) seconds</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Startup Delay:</td>
<td>300</td>
<td>(60-300) seconds</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Fall Count To Reboot:</td>
<td>3</td>
<td>(1-65535)</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Ping Watch Dog</td>
<td>Enable or disable Ping Watch Dog.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IP Address To Ping</td>
<td>Specify the IP address of the target host to which the device will send ping packets.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Ping Interval</td>
<td>Enter the time interval between two ping packets. The default value is 300 seconds.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Startup Delay</td>
<td>Enter the initial time delay from device startup to the first ICMP echo requests sent by Ping Watch Dog. The default value is 300 seconds.</p>
<p>The Startup Delay value should be at least 60 seconds taking the device‘s initialization time in account.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Fail Count To Reboot</td>
<td>Enter the fail count of ICMP echo request. If the device sends the specified count of ICMP echo requests to the host and none of the corresponding ICMP echo response packets is received, Ping Watch Dog will reboot the device. The default value is 3.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>2. Click <em>Save.</em></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark339"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark340"></a> Configure Dynamic DNS</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>The Dynamic DNS function is only available in AP Router and AP Client Router (WISP Client) Mode.</p>
<p>The main function of Dynamic DNS (DDNS) is mapping the fixed domain name to dynamic IP address.</p>
<p>When a device connects to the internet through PPPoE or Dynamic IP, the WAN IP address it gets is not fixed, which is inconvenient for the internet users to access the servers in the local area network through IP address. With Dynamic DNS function enabled, users can access servers using a fixed domain name.</p>
<p>The DDNS server will establish a mapping table about the dynamic IP address and the fixed domain name. When the WAN IP address of the device changes, it will make an update request to the specified DDNS server, and then the DDNS server will update the mapping relation between the IP address and the domain name. Therefore, whenever the WAN IP address changes, users on the internet can still access the servers in the local area network using a fixed, easy-to-remember domain name.</p>
<p>The DDNS function that serves as the client of DDNS service must work with DDNS server. Register an account to DDNS service provider (NO-IP, Dyndns or Comexe) first.</p>
<p>1. Go to the <strong>Management </strong>page. In the <strong>Dynamic DNS </strong>section, configure the following parameters and click <em>Login.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="649" height="328" class="wp-image-3214" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-107.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 107" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 382" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-107.jpeg 649w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-107-300x152.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 649px) 100vw, 649px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Service</p>
<p>Provider</td>
<td>Select the service provider.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Dynamic DNS</td>
<td>Enable or disable the Dynamic DNS feature.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>User Name</td>
<td>Enter the user name of your DDNS account.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Password</td>
<td>Enter the password of your DDNS account.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Domain Name</td>
<td>Specify the domain name that you registered with your DDNS service provider.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Connection</p>
<p>Status</td>
<td>Displays the connection status of the DDNS service.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><em>2.</em> Click <em>Apply,</em> then click <em>Save.</em></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark341"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark342"></a> Configure Web Server</li>
</ol>
<p>This function is used to configure the related parameters of Web server. Users can log in to the web management page to manage this device remotely over the internet through Web Server.</p>
<p>1. Go to the <strong>Management </strong>page. In the <strong>Web Server </strong>section, configure the following parameters and click <em>Apply.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="649" height="456" class="wp-image-3215" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-108.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 108" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 383" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-108.jpeg 649w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-108-300x211.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 649px) 100vw, 649px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Secure</p>
<p>Connection</p>
<p>(HTTPS)</td>
<td>Enable or disable the HTTPS feature. HTTPS function is based on the SSL or TLS protocol working in transport layer. It supports a security access via a web browser.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Secure Server</p>
<p>Port</td>
<td>Specify the server port number used in HTTPS. The default value is 443.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Server Port</td>
<td>Specify the server port number used in HTTP. The default value is 80.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Remote Login IP Address</td>
<td>Specify the IP address of the remote host. With this configured, the remote host can access the management interface remotely using the WAN IP of this device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Session</p>
<p>Timeout</td>
<td>Specify the session timeout time. The system will automatically release the connection when the time is up.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>MAC</p>
<p>Authentication</td>
<td>Enable or disable MAC Authentication. When it is enabled, you can specify up to four MAC address for authentication.</p>
<p>With this function enabled, only the device whose MAC address is in the MAC list can access the management interface to configure the device.</p>
<p>Click <em>Add PC&#8217;s MAC</em> to quickly add your PC&#8217;s MAC address to the MAC list.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><em>2.</em> Click <em>Apply,</em> then click <em>Save.</em></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark343"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark344"></a> Configure SNMP Agent</li>
</ol>
<p>Get the traffic information and transmit condition by using the SNMP Agent function. Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) is an application layer protocol that facilitates the exchange of management information between network devices. Main functions of SNMP include monitoring network performance, detecting and analyzing network error, configuring network devices, and so on.</p>
<p>Configure the device as SNMP Agent, and it can receive and process the management message from the NMS (Network Management System).</p>
<p>1. Go to the <strong>Management </strong>page. In the <strong>SNMP Agent </strong>section, configure the following parameters and click <em>Apply.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="649" height="377" class="wp-image-3216" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-109.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 109" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 384" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-109.jpeg 649w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-109-300x174.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 649px) 100vw, 649px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>SNMP Agent</td>
<td>Enable or disable the SNMP Agent function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>SysContact</td>
<td>Enter the textual identification of the contact person for this device, for example, contact number or e-mail address.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>SysName</td>
<td>Enter a name for the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Syslocation</td>
<td>Enter the location of the device. For example, the name can be composed of the building, floor number, and room location.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Get Community</td>
<td>Specify the community that has read-only access to the device&#8217;s SNMP information.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Get Source</td>
<td>Enter the IP address of the NMS that can serve as Get Community to read the SNMP information of this device. By default, it is 0.0.0.0, which means an NMS of any IP address is available.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Set Community</td>
<td>Specify the community who has the read-and-write right of the device&#8217;s SNMP information.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Set Source</td>
<td>Enter the IP address of the NMS that can serve as Set Community to read and write the SNMP information of this device. By default, it is 0.0.0.0, which means an NMS of any IP address is available.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>2. Click <em>Apply,</em> then click <em>Save.</em></p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Defining community can allow management systems in the same community to communicate with the SNMP Agent. The community name can be seen as the shared password of the network hosts group. Thus, for the safety, we suggest modifying the default community name before enabling the SNMP Agent service. If the field of community is blank, the SNMP Agent will not respond to any community name.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark345"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark346"></a> Configure SSH Server</li>
</ol>
<p>The SSH Server function is used for the users to log in and manage the device through SSH connection on the SSH client software.</p>
<p>SSH (Secure Shell) is a security protocol established on application and transport layers. SSH- encrypted-connection is similar to a telnet connection, but essentially the old telnet remote management method is not safe, because the password and data transmitted with plain-text can be easily intercepted. SSH can provide information security and powerful authentication when you log in this device remotely through an insecure network environment. It can encrypt all the transmission data and prevent the information in remote management from being leaked.</p>
<p>1. Go to the <strong>Management </strong>page. In the <strong>SSH Server </strong>section, configure the following parameters and click <em>Apply.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="650" height="172" class="wp-image-3217" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-110.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 110" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 385" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-110.jpeg 650w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-110-300x79.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 650px) 100vw, 650px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Server Port</td>
<td>Enter the TCP/IP port of the SSH Server. The default port is 22.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>SSH Login</td>
<td>Enable or disable SSH function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Remote</p>
<p>Management</td>
<td>Enable or disable Remote Management. With this function enabled, TP- Link Pharos Control software can manage the device remotely.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><em>2.</em> Click <em>Save.</em></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark347"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark348"></a> Configure RSSI LED Thresholds</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>RSSI LED Thresholds is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>Configure the LEDs on the device to light up when received signal levels reach the values defined in the following fields. This function can help a technician to easily deploy a Pharos series product without logging into the device (for example, for antenna alignment operation).</p>
<p>1. Go to the <strong>Management </strong>page. In the <strong>RSSI LED Thresholds </strong>section, configure the following parameters and click <em>Apply.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="650" height="218" class="wp-image-3218" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-111.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 111" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 386" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-111.jpeg 650w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-111-300x101.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 650px) 100vw, 650px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>LED1/LED2/</p>
<p>LED3/LED4</td>
<td>Displays the LED number.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Thresholds</td>
<td>Specify the threshold for the desired LED. The specified LED will light up if the signal strength reaches the values in the field. The default values are set according to the verified optimum values. We recommend you keep it by default.</p>
<p>The default LED threshold values may vary among different product models in terms of radio features.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><em>2.</em> Click <em>Apply,</em> then click <em>Save.</em></p>
<p><a id="post-3107-bookmark349"></a> Configure the System</p>
<p>This chapter introduces how to configure the system of the device, including:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark350"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark351"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark352"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark353"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark365"><em>Configure Device Information</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark354"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark355"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark356"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark357"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark369"><em>Configure Location Information</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark358"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark359"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark360"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark361"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark371"><em>Configure User Account</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark362"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark373"><em>Configure Time Settings</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark363"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark376"><em>Update Firmware</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark364"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark382"><em>Configure Other Settings</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark365"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark366"></a> Configure Device Information</li>
</ol>
<p>In this section, configure the device name and the system language.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark367"></a> Go to the <strong>System </strong>page. In the <strong>Device </strong>section, configure the following parameters and click <em>Apply.</em></li>
</ol>
<p>Device</p>
<p>Device Name: CPE21C</p>
<p>Language: English</p>
<p>Device Name Specify the device name.</p>
<p>Language Specify the system language used in the management interface.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark368"></a> Click <em>Save</em>.</li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark369"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark370"></a> Configure Location Information</li>
</ol>
<p>In this section, configure the location for the device.</p>
<p>1. Go to the <strong>System </strong>page. In the <strong>Location </strong>section, configure the following parameters and click <em>Apply.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="649" height="135" class="wp-image-3219" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-112.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 112" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 387" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-112.jpeg 649w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-112-300x62.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 649px) 100vw, 649px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Longitude</td>
<td>Enter the longitude of the device&#8217;s location in decimal degree. The positive number indicates the east longitude while the negative number indicates the west longitude.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Latitude</td>
<td>Enter the latitude of the device&#8217;s location in decimal degree. The positive number indicates the north latitude while the negative number indicates the south latitude.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>2. Click <em>Save.</em></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark371"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark372"></a> Configure User Account</li>
</ol>
<p>This section is used to configure user account.</p>
<p>1. Go to the <strong>System </strong>page. In the <strong>User Account </strong>section, configure the following</p>
<p>parameters and click <em>Apply.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="649" height="262" class="wp-image-3220" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-113.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 113" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 388" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-113.jpeg 649w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-113-300x121.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 649px) 100vw, 649px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Current User</p>
<p>Name</td>
<td>Displays the current user name.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Current</p>
<p>Password</td>
<td>Enter the current password for the user account. Check the <em>Show</em> box to display what you&#8217;ve entered.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>New User Name</td>
<td>Enter a new user name for the user account.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>New Password</td>
<td>Enter a new password for the user account. Check the <em>Show</em> box to display what you&#8217;ve entered.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Confirm New Password</td>
<td>Confirm the new password.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><em>2.</em> Click <em>Save.</em></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark373"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark374"></a> Configure Time Settings</li>
</ol>
<p>In this section, configure the system time and the daylight saving time.</p>
<p>1. Go to the <strong>System </strong>page. In the <strong>Time Settings </strong>section, configure the system time.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="650" height="375" class="wp-image-3221" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-114.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 114" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 389" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-114.jpeg 650w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-114-300x173.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 650px) 100vw, 650px" /></p>
<p>■ <strong>Manually</strong></p>
<p>Configure the System time manually.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Time Zone</td>
<td>Select your local time zone.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Date</td>
<td>Click the calendar button to choose the date or enter the date in the format: YYYY/MM/DD.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Time</td>
<td>Select the time from the drop-down list or enter the time in the format HH:MM:SS.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>■ <strong>Automatically</strong></p>
<p>• Specify the NTP Server, then click the <em>Get GMT</em> button to get the system time from the NTP server</p>
<p>NTP Server 1 Specify the primary NTP server used to get time automatically.</p>
<p>NTP Server 2 Specify the alternate NTP server used to get time automatically.</p>
<p>• Click <em>Synchronize with PC&#8217;s Clock</em> to synchronize the system time with the PC&#8217;s time.</p>
<p>2. Click the <em>Setting</em> button to specify the daylight saving time.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="911" height="454" class="wp-image-3222" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-115.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 115" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 390" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-115.jpeg 911w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-115-300x150.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-115-768x383.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 911px) 100vw, 911px" /></p>
<p>■ <strong>Predefined Mode</strong></p>
<p>Select Predefined Mode and select the predefined daylight saving time schedule for the device.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>USA</td>
<td>The daylight saving time of USA is from Second Sunday in March, 02:00 to First Sunday in November, 02:00.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>European</td>
<td>The daylight saving time of European is from Last Sunday in March, 01:00 to Last Sunday in October, 01:00.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Australia</td>
<td>The daylight saving time of Australia is from First Sunday in October, 02:00 to First Sunday in April, 03:00.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>New Zealand</td>
<td>The daylight saving time of New Zealand is from Last Sunday in September, 02:00 to First Sunday in April, 03:00.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>■ <strong>Recurring Mode</strong></p>
<p>Select Recurring Mode and configure the related parameters for the device. This configuration will be used every year.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Offset</td>
<td>Specify the time to set the clock forward by.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Start Time</td>
<td>Specify the start time of Daylight Saving Time.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>End Time</td>
<td>Specify the end time of Daylight Saving Time.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>■ <strong>Date Mode</strong></p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Date Mode is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface.</p>
<p>Select Date Mode and configure the related parameters for the device. This configuration will be used only one time.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Offset</td>
<td>Specify the time to set the clock forward by.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Start Time</td>
<td>Specify the start time of Daylight Saving Time.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>End Time</td>
<td>Specify the end time of Daylight Saving Time.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark375"></a> Click <em>Apply,</em> then click <em>Save.</em></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark376"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark377"></a> Update Firmware</li>
</ol>
<p>This section is used to view the current firmware and update the firmware of the device.</p>
<p>Go to the <strong>System </strong>page. In the <strong>Firmware Update </strong>section, click <em>Browser</em> to select a firmware file then click <em>Upload.</em></p>
<p>Firmware Update</p>
<p>Firmware Version: 2.1.6 Build 20170908 Rel. 45233 (0000)</p>
<p>Upload Firmware:</p>
<p>Displays the current firmware version of the device.</p>
<p>Firmware</p>
<p>Version</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark378"></a> We recommend that you back up current system configuration before updating the firmware.</li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark379"></a> Select the proper software version that matches your hardware to upgrade. Visit TP- Link website to download the latest firmware.</li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark380"></a> To avoid damage, do not power off the device while upgrading.</li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark381"></a> After upgrading, the device will reboot automatically.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark382"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark383"></a> Configure Other Settings</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="939" height="145" class="wp-image-3223" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-116.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 116" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 391" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-116.jpeg 939w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-116-300x46.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-116-768x119.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 939px) 100vw, 939px" /> This section is used to back up or upload the configuration file, reset the device and reboot the device.</p>
<p>Go to the System Page. In the Configuration section, perform the following operations.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Backup Configuration</td>
<td>Click <em>Backup</em> to back up the current configuration to your PC.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Upload Configuration</td>
<td>Click <em>Browser</em> to select the desired configuration file in your PC. Then click <em>Upload</em> to upload the configuration file to your device. We recommend that you back up your current system configuration before uploading the new configuration.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Reset to</p>
<p>Factory</p>
<p>Defaults</td>
<td>Click <em>Reset</em> to restore the device to its factory defaults. It&#8217;s recommended to back up your current system configuration before restoring the device to its defaults.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Reboot Device</td>
<td>Click <em>Reboot</em> to reboot the device. Note that any changes that have not been saved will be lost.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark384"></a> After backup, the device will reboot automatically.</li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark385"></a> To avoid damage, DO NOT turn off the device while uploading.</li>
</ul>
<p>Use the System Tools</p>
<p>This chapter introduces how to configure the system tools:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark386"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark387"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark388"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark389"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark397"><em>Configure Ping</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark390"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark391"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark392"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark393"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark398"><em>Configure Traceroute</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark394"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark399"><em>Test Speed</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark395"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark401"><em>Survey</em></a></li>
</ol>
<p><a href="#post-3107-bookmark403"><em>85 Analyze Spectrum</em></a></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark396"></a><a href="#post-3107-bookmark406"><em>Antenna Alignment</em></a></li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-3107-bookmark397"></a> 8.1 Configure Ping</p>
<p>Ping test function is used to test the connectivity and reachability between the device and the target host so as to locate the network malfunctions.</p>
<p>1. Click <em>Ping</em> from the drop-down list on the upper-right corner and specify the following parameters.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="911" height="506" class="wp-image-3224" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-117.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 117" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 392" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-117.jpeg 911w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-117-300x167.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-117-768x427.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 911px) 100vw, 911px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Destination IP/</p>
<p>Domain</td>
<td>Enter the IP address of the destination node for Ping test. The device will send Ping packets to test the network connectivity and reachability of the host and the results will be displayed in the Ping Result.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Packet Count</td>
<td>Enter the number of packets to be sent during the testing. It can be 1 to 50 and the default is 4.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Ping Timeout</td>
<td>Enter a time value to wait for a response. If the device doesn&#8217;t receive ant response during the timeout time, the connection will be considered to be failed. It can be 100-2000 milliseconds. The default value is 800 milliseconds.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Packet Size</td>
<td>Enter the number of data bytes to be sent. It can be 4-1472 bytes and the default is 64.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>2. Click <em>Start.</em></p>
<p><a id="post-3107-bookmark398"></a><em>8.2</em> Configure Traceroute</p>
<p>Tracertroute function is used to tracks the route packets taken from source on their way to a given target host. When malfunctions occur in the network, troubleshoot with traceroute utility.</p>
<p>1. Click <em>Traceroute</em> from the drop-down list on the upper-right corner and specify the following parameters.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="911" height="479" class="wp-image-3225" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-118.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 118" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 393" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-118.jpeg 911w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-118-300x158.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-118-768x404.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 911px) 100vw, 911px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Destination IP/</p>
<p>Domain</td>
<td>Enter the IP address of the destination node for Traceroute test. The device will send Traceroute packets to test the network connectivity and reachability of the host and the results will be displayed in the Traceroute.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Traceroute Max TTL</td>
<td>Specify the traceroute max TTL (Time To Live) during the traceroute process. It is the maximum number of the route hops the test packets can pass through.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>2. Click <em>Start.</em></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark399"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark400"></a> Test Speed</li>
</ol>
<p>Speed Test tool is used for testing the throughput between two Pharos products in the same network. The test requires one of the two devices to be set as a server and the other as a client. The client launches the test request to the server and the server respond to it. The test result will display on the page of the client.</p>
<p>1. Click <em>Speed Test</em> from the drop-down list on the upper-right corner and specify the following parameters.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="911" height="399" class="wp-image-3226" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-119.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 119" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 394" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-119.jpeg 911w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-119-300x131.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-119-768x336.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 911px) 100vw, 911px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Speed Test</td>
<td>Displays the data streams that the device is transmitting (TX), receiving (RX) and both of them (Total).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Server</td>
<td>Select Server and the device will passively accept the test request from the clients in the speed test process.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Client</td>
<td>Select Client and the device will launch the test request to the server in speed test process.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Server IP</td>
<td>Specify the server IP for speed test.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Direction</td>
<td>Select the direction of the speed test including unidirectional (RX), unidirectional (TX) and bidirectional.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Testing</td>
<td>Displays the process of the test.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>2. Click <em>Start.</em></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark401"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark402"></a> Survey</li>
</ol>
<p>The survey tool is used to survey the wireless network around the device.</p>
<p>Click <em>Survey</em> from the drop-down list on the upper-right corner and the following page will</p>
<p>appear.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="939" height="572" class="wp-image-3227" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-120.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 120" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 395" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-120.jpeg 939w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-120-300x183.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-120-768x468.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 939px) 100vw, 939px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>BSSID</td>
<td>Displays the BSSID of other APs surveyed by this device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>SSID</td>
<td>Displays the SSID of other APs surveyed by this device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>MAXtream</td>
<td>Displays the MAXtream capability of other APs surveyed by this device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Device Name</td>
<td>Displays the names of other APs surveyed by this device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>SNR(dB)</td>
<td>Displays the Signal Noise Ratio (Unit: dB) of other APs surveyed by this device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Signal/Noise (dBm)</td>
<td>Displays the signal and noise value (Unit: dBm) of other APs surveyed by this device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Channel</td>
<td>Displays the channels of other APs surveyed by this device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Security</td>
<td>Displays the security mode of APs surveyed by this device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>AP Count</td>
<td>Displays the number of other APs surveyed by this device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Refresh</td>
<td>Click <em>Refresh</em> to refresh this page.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark403"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark404"></a> Analyze Spectrum</li>
</ol>
<p>Spectrum Analysis can help you choose the proper channel/frequency. Through the spectrum analysis, learn the distribution of the radio noise and intelligently select the channel/frequency in low noise.</p>
<p>1. Click <em>Spectrum Analysis</em> from the drop-down list on the upper-right corner and click</p>
<p><em>Yes</em> on the pop-up window.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="839" height="192" class="wp-image-3228" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-121.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 121" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 396" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-121.jpeg 839w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-121-300x69.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-121-768x176.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 839px) 100vw, 839px" /></p>
<p>2. Click <em>Start.</em> Observe the curves for a period of time, and then click <em>Stop.</em> The relatively low and continuous part of the average curve indicates less radio noise. Here we take the figure below as an example.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="837" height="479" class="wp-image-3229" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-122.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 122" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 397" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-122.jpeg 837w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-122-300x172.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-122-768x440.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 837px) 100vw, 837px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="92" height="44" class="wp-image-3230" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3107-123.jpeg" alt="word image 3107 123" title="TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide 398"></p>
<p>Spectrum Analysis</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>The select box of Frequency Range is only available on certain devices. To check whether your device supports this feature, refer to the actual web interface. Select the required range and then click <em>Start.</em></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark405"></a> When choosing Channel/Frequency, try to avoid the spectrum with large radio noise.</li>
<li><a id="post-3107-bookmark406"></a><a id="post-3107-bookmark407"></a> Antenna Alignment</li>
</ol>
<p>Antenna alignment can help you to optimize the antenna. Click <em>Antenna Alignment</em> from the drop-down list on the upper-right corner. Adjust your antenna according to the following parameters. Point the antenna in the direction of maximum signal and minimum noise.</p>
<p>Antenna Alignment</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Signal Level: ■■■■■ ■■■■■■■■— -27 dBm</p>
<p>Horizontal/Vertical: -34/-30 dBm</p>
<p>Noise Floor: -90 dBm</p>
<p>Max Signal: * B <sup>1</sup> [-65 dBm</p>
<p>Alignment Beep: □ Q</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Signal Level</td>
<td>Displays the signal strength of the last received packet. The signal strength is the combined value of the two chains.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Horizontal/Vertical Displays the signal strength of the last received packet. The signal</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>strength of the two chains is displayed separately.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Noise Floor</td>
<td>Displays the noise strength of the wireless network.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Max Signal</td>
<td>Specify the maximum value of the Signal Level indicator. Adjust the sensitivity of the Signal Level indicator by changing this value.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alignment Beep</td>
<td>Enable the beep sound during the device antenna alignment. This function can help users to align the antenna easily without looking at the management interface. When received signal levels reach the defined levels, the different beep sound will be played. The lower the sound frequency, the stronger the signal strength.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.dvrcms.com/tp-link-pharos-series-installation-guide/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
	</channel>
</rss>
